FM 3-04.

301(1-301)

DISTRIBUTION RESTRICTION: Approved for public release; distribution unlimited.

HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

 *FM 3-04.301(1-301)
Field Manual Headquarters
No. 3-04.301(1-301) Department of the Army
Washington, DC, 29 September 2000

Aeromedical Training for Flight Personnel

Contents
Page

PREFACE ................................................................................................................... vi
Chapter 1 TRAINING PROGRAMS.......................................................................................... 1-1
Training Requirements............................................................................................. 1-1
Aeromedical Training in Specific Courses ............................................................... 1-1
Hypobaric Refresher Training .................................................................................. 1-1
Special Training by Other Services.......................................................................... 1-2
Unit Training............................................................................................................. 1-2
Responsibilities ........................................................................................................ 1-3
Revalidation and Waiver .......................................................................................... 1-3
Training Record ....................................................................................................... 1-4
Chapter 2 ALTITUDE PHYSIOLOGY ...................................................................................... 2-1
Section I – Atmosphere ......................................................................................... 2-1
Physical Characteristics of the Atmosphere ............................................................ 2-1
Structure of the Atmosphere .................................................................................... 2-1
Composition of the Atmosphere............................................................................... 2-3
Atmospheric Pressure.............................................................................................. 2-4
Physiological Zones of the Atmosphere................................................................... 2-6
Section II – Circulatory System ............................................................................ 2-7
Structure and Function of the Circulatory System.................................................... 2-7
Components and Functions of Blood....................................................................... 2-8

DISTRIBUTION RESTRICTION: Approved for public release, distribution unlimited.

___________________________________

*This publication supersedes FM 1-301, 29 May 1987

i
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

Section III – Respiratory System ........................................................................ 2-10

The Processes of Breathing and Respiration ........................................................ 2-10
Functions of Respiration ........................................................................................ 2-10
Phases of External Respiration.............................................................................. 2-11
Components of the Respiratory System ................................................................ 2-13
Section IV – Hypoxia............................................................................................ 2-16
Characteristics of Hypoxia ..................................................................................... 2-16
Types of Hypoxia ................................................................................................... 2-16
Signs, Symptoms, and Susceptibility to Hypoxia ................................................... 2-18
Effects of Hypoxia .................................................................................................. 2-20
Stages of Hypoxic Hypoxia .................................................................................... 2-21
Prevention of Hypoxic Hypoxia .............................................................................. 2-23
Treatment of Hypoxia............................................................................................. 2-24
Section V – Hyperventilation .............................................................................. 2-24
Characteristics of Hyperventilation......................................................................... 2-24
Causes of Hyperventilation .................................................................................... 2-24
Signs and Symptoms of Hyperventilation .............................................................. 2-25
Treatment of Hyperventilation ................................................................................ 2-25
Section VI – Pressure-Change Effects............................................................... 2-26
Dysbarism .............................................................................................................. 2-26
Trapped-Gas Disorders ......................................................................................... 2-26
Evolved-Gas Disorders .......................................................................................... 2-32
Chapter 3 STRESS AND FATIGUE IN FLYING OPERATIONS.............................................. 3-1
Stress Defined ......................................................................................................... 3-1
Identifying Stressors................................................................................................. 3-1
The Stress Response ............................................................................................ 3-10
Stress and Performance ........................................................................................ 3-11
Stress Management............................................................................................... 3-12
Fatigue ................................................................................................................... 3-13
Effects of Fatigue on Performance ........................................................................ 3-14
Diurnal (Circadian) Rhythms and Fatigue .............................................................. 3-15
The Sleep Cycle..................................................................................................... 3-16
Sleep Requirements .............................................................................................. 3-16
Prevention of Fatigue ............................................................................................. 3-17
Treatment of Fatigue.............................................................................................. 3-18
Chapter 4 GRAVITATIONAL FORCES.................................................................................... 4-0
Terms of Acceleration .............................................................................................. 4-0
Types of Acceleration............................................................................................... 4-0

ii
 Aeromedical Training for Flight Personnel

Gravitational Forces ................................................................................................. 4-2

Factors Affecting Accelerative Forces ..................................................................... 4-3
Physiological Effects of Low-Magnitude Acceleration.............................................. 4-4
Physiological Effects of +Gz Acceleration ................................................................ 4-5
Physiological Effects of –Gz Acceleration ................................................................ 4-7
Physiological Effects of +/-Gz Acceleration .............................................................. 4-8
Physiological Effects of +/-Gy Acceleration .............................................................. 4-9
Physiological Effects of High-Magnitude Acceleration and Deceleration................. 4-9
Preventive Measures ............................................................................................. 4-14
Chapter 5 TOXIC HAZARDS IN AVIATION ............................................................................. 5-0
Section I – Aviation Toxicology Principles.......................................................... 5-0
Environment ............................................................................................................. 5-0
Acute Toxicity........................................................................................................... 5-0
Chronic Toxicity........................................................................................................ 5-1
Time and Dose Relationship.................................................................................... 5-1
Physiochemical Factors ........................................................................................... 5-1
Entry Points .............................................................................................................. 5-1
Preexisting Conditions ............................................................................................. 5-1
Individual Variability.................................................................................................. 5-2
Allowable Degree of Bodily Impairment ................................................................... 5-2
Body Detoxification .................................................................................................. 5-2
Section II – Aircraft Atmosphere Contamination ................................................ 5-3
Contamination Overview .......................................................................................... 5-3
Exhaust Gases......................................................................................................... 5-3
Carbon Monoxide..................................................................................................... 5-3
Aviation Gasoline ..................................................................................................... 5-5
Tetraethyl Lead in Aviation Gasoline ....................................................................... 5-6
Jet Propulsion Fuels................................................................................................. 5-6
Hydraulic Fluid Vapors ............................................................................................. 5-7
Coolant Fluid Vapors................................................................................................ 5-7
Engine Lubricants .................................................................................................... 5-7
Fire-Extinguishing Agents ........................................................................................ 5-7
Fluorocarbon Plastics .............................................................................................. 5-9
Oxygen Contamination........................................................................................... 5-10
Protective Measures .............................................................................................. 5-10
Chapter 6 EFFECTS OF TEMPERATURE EXTREMES ON THE HUMAN BODY................. 6-1
Section I – Heat in the Aviation Environment ..................................................... 6-1
Heat Effects ............................................................................................................. 6-1

iii
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

Heat Transfer ........................................................................................................... 6-2

Performance Impairment ......................................................................................... 6-4
Heat-Stress Prevention ............................................................................................ 6-4
In-Flight Heat-Stress Reduction............................................................................... 6-5
Section II – Cold ..................................................................................................... 6-5
Cold Effects in the Aviation Environment................................................................. 6-5
Types and Treatment of Cold Injury......................................................................... 6-6
Cold-Injury Prevention.............................................................................................. 6-6
Chapter 7 NOISE AND VIBRATION IN ARMY AVIATION ...................................................... 7-0
Noise Characteristics and Effects ............................................................................ 7-0
Sound and Vibrational Measurement....................................................................... 7-1
Noise and Hearing Levels ........................................................................................ 7-2
Vibrational Effects .................................................................................................... 7-4
Hearing Loss ............................................................................................................ 7-4
Hearing Protection and Reduction of Vibrational Threat.......................................... 7-5
Preventive Measures ............................................................................................. 7-10
Chapter 8 PRINCIPLES AND PROBLEMS OF VISION .......................................................... 8-0
Visual Deficiencies ................................................................................................... 8-0
Anatomy and Physiology of the Eye......................................................................... 8-3
Types of Vision......................................................................................................... 8-6
Factors Affecting Object Visibility........................................................................... 8-10
Dark Adaptation ..................................................................................................... 8-10
Night-Vision Protection........................................................................................... 8-11
Night-Vision Techniques ........................................................................................ 8-13
Distance Estimation and Depth Perception ........................................................... 8-16
Visual Illusions ....................................................................................................... 8-21
Meteorological Conditions and Night Vision........................................................... 8-21
Self-Imposed Stress and Vision............................................................................. 8-22
Nerve Agents and Night Vision .............................................................................. 8-25
Flight Hazards ........................................................................................................ 8-25
Protective Measures .............................................................................................. 8-27
Principles of Proper Vision ..................................................................................... 8-28
Chapter 9 SPATIAL DISORIENTATION .................................................................................. 9-1
Common Terms of Spatial Disorientation ................................................................ 9-1
Types of Spatial Disorientation ................................................................................ 9-1
Equilibrium Maintenance.......................................................................................... 9-2
Visual Illusions ......................................................................................................... 9-9
Vestibular Illusions ................................................................................................. 9-14

iv
 Aeromedical Training for Flight Personnel

Proprioceptive Illusions .......................................................................................... 9-18

Prevention of Spatial Disorientation ....................................................................... 9-18
Treatment of Spatial Disorientation........................................................................ 9-19
Chapter 10 OXYGEN EQUIPMENT AND CABIN PRESSURIZATION ................................... 10-0
Oxygen Systems .................................................................................................... 10-0
Storage Systems.................................................................................................... 10-1
Oxygen Regulators ................................................................................................ 10-1
Oxygen Masks ....................................................................................................... 10-3
Oxygen-Equipment Checklist................................................................................. 10-4
Cabin Pressurization .............................................................................................. 10-4
Appendix HYPOBARIC CHAMBER FLIGHT PROFILES ....................................................... A-0
GLOSSARY ................................................................................................. Glossary-0
BIBLIOGRAPHY.....................................................................................Bibliography-0
INDEX ............................................................................................................... Index-1

v
 Preface
Lessons learned from previous military conflicts and recent contingency operations have
caused changes in Army aviation doctrine and the development of more sophisticated aircraft
and weapons systems. Army aircrew members must be capable of operating these systems
around the clock, in austere environments, and under adverse conditions. They must be
capable of employing these systems and avoid enemy air defense and air-to-air weapons
systems. The hazards of stress and fatigue imposed by operating more sophisticated systems in
combat operations and CONOPS will eventually take a toll in aircrew performance and could
jeopardize mission accomplishment. Aircrew members must be trained to recognize and
understand these hazards. Training can prepare aircrew members and prevent stress and
fatigue from reducing their mission effectiveness and increase their chances of survival.
This manual gives aircrew members an understanding of their physiological responses to the
aviation environment; it also describes the effects of the flight environment on individual
mission accomplishment. In addition, it outlines the essential aeromedical training
requirements (in Chapter 1) that assist the commander and flight surgeon in conducting
aeromedical education for Army aircrew members. The subject areas addressed in the training
are by no means all inclusive but are presented to assist aircrew members in increasing their
performance and efficiency through knowing human limitations. This manual is intended for
use by all Army aircrew members in meeting requirements set forth in AR 95-1, TC 1-210,
and other appropriate aircrew training manuals.
The proponent of this publication is Headquarters, TRADOC. Send comments and
recommendations on DA Form 2028 (Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank
Forms) to Dean, US Army School of Aviation Medicine, ATTN: MCCS-HA, Fort Rucker,
Alabama 36362-5377.
The provisions of this publication are the subject of the following international agreement:
STANAG 3114 (Edition Six).
The use of trade names in this manual is for clarity only and does not constitute endorsement
by the Department of Defense.
This publication has been reviewed for operations security considerations.
Unless this publication states otherwise, masculine nouns or pronouns do not refer exclusively
to men.

vi
 Chapter 1

Training Programs
Aircrews must be trained and ready in peacetime to perform their
missions in combat or other contingency operations. Therefore, leaders at
all levels must understand, sustain, and enforce high standards of
combat readiness. Tough, realistic training should be designed to
challenge and develop soldiers, leaders, and units. This chapter outlines
the essential aeromedical training requirements needed for all aircrew
members.

TRAINING REQUIREMENTS
1-1. All U.S. Army flight students receive aeromedical training during initial
flight training and during designated courses given at the United States
Army Aviation Center, Fort Rucker, Alabama. Aeromedical training is also
provided for specific aviators during refresher training courses. In addition,
unit commanders are responsible for aeromedical training at the unit level.

AEROMEDICAL TRAINING IN SPECIFIC COURSES

1-2. Initial aeromedical training is conducted for all U.S. Army students in
the Initial Entry Rotary Wing Course. Their initial physiological training is
performed according to the provisions of STANAG 3114 and TRADOC
programs of instruction at USAAVNC. Aeromedical training is conducted for
aviators receiving transition or advanced training at USAAVNC in the
following courses:
• Fixed-Wing Multiengine Qualification Course.
• Fixed-Wing Multiengine Instructor Pilot Course.
• Aviation Safety Officer Course.

HYPOBARIC REFRESHER TRAINING

1-3. Crew members and Department of the Army civilians who fly in
pressurized aircraft or in aircraft that routinely exceed 10,000 feet MSL
receive hypobaric training. Refresher training is conducted once every three
years. The aviators trained are those who fly in pressurized aircraft or in
aircraft that routinely exceed 10,000 feet MSL.
1-4. Refresher training consists of classroom instruction to review the
essential materials presented in the initial training. After completing
classroom instruction, aviators participate in a hypobaric
(low-pressure/high-altitude) chamber exercise using the appropriate profile
for the aircraft flown (see the appendix).

1-1
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

SPECIAL TRAINING BY OTHER SERVICES

1-5. U.S. Air Force or U.S. Navy physiological training units can be used if
aviators cannot attend aeromedical training, including hypobaric
(low-pressure/high-altitude) chamber qualification, at the U.S. Army School
of Aviation Medicine at Fort Rucker. Initial and refresher training conducted
by the other services normally meets U.S. Army requirements or can usually
be modified to meet the needs of U.S. Army units. The physiological training
conducted by other services meets U.S. Army requirements for renewing
aeromedical training currency for a three-year period.

UNIT TRAINING
1-6. The unit commander must develop an aeromedical training program
that meets the unit’s specific needs as part of the Aircrew Training Program
governed by TC 1-210. This training is crucial because most Army aircrew
members are not required to attend the established refresher training courses
previously described.
1-7. The unit’s mission and its wide range of operations are the important
factors for commanders to consider in developing an aeromedical training
program. The program includes the various aeromedical factors that affect
crew members’ performance in different environments, during flight
maneuvers, and while wearing protective gear. The unit aeromedical training
program will contain, as a minimum, the continuous training and special
training described below.
1-8. Because of the medical and technical nature of the aeromedical training
program, commanders will involve their supporting flight surgeon in
developing the program. The flight surgeon will provide input into all aspects
of unit aviation plans, operations, and training. Commanders can obtain
further assistance in developing a unit aeromedical training program from
the Dean, US Army School of Aviation Medicine, ATTN: MCCS-HA, Fort
Rucker, Alabama 36362-5377.

CONTINUOUS TRAINING
1-9. The requirement for continuous training applies to all U.S. Army
aircrew members in operational flying positions. The POI must be conducted
in intervals of three years or less. When personnel turnover is high, a two-
year cycle is recommended. The following subjects are the minimum training
necessary for the unit to obtain adequate safety and efficiency in an aviation
environment:
• Altitude physiology.
• Spatial disorientation.
• Noise in Army aviation.
• Night vision.
• Illusions of flight.
• Stress and fatigue.
• Protective equipment.

1-2
 Chapter 1

• Health maintenance.
• Toxic hazards in aviation.

SPECIAL TRAINING
1-10. The unit commander must evaluate the missions of the unit to
determine its special aeromedical training requirements. This analysis should
include the following:
• Combat mission.
• Installation support missions.
• Contingency missions.
• Past requirements.
• Geographic and climatic considerations.
• Programmed training activities.
1-11. The supporting flight surgeon will help identify the aeromedical factors
present during the various flight conditions and their effect on aircrews’
performance. The flight surgeon and the unit commander will then develop a
POI that meets the specific needs of the unit.
1-12. Commanders will include all crew members in the unit aeromedical
training program. Without proper training and experience, the crew member
may not understand individual limitations and the risks involved in the
aviation environment.

RESPONSIBILITIES
THE U.S. ARMY SCHOOL OF AVIATION MEDICINE
1-13. USASAM, at Fort Rucker, Alabama, is responsible for planning
supervising, and conducting all formal aeromedical U.S. Army aviation
training programs. USASAM also advises and assists unit commanders and
flight surgeons in developing local unit aeromedical training programs.

THE UNIT COMMANDER

1-14. The unit commander, assisted by the flight surgeon, will develop a local
unit aeromedical training program. The program should be designed to meet
the unit’s mission requirements.

THE FLIGHT SURGEON

1-15. The flight surgeon provides medical support. He also assists the unit
commander in developing, presenting, and monitoring a unit aeromedical
training program.

REVALIDATION AND WAIVER

REVALIDATION
1-16. Aircrew members are required to stay current in aeromedical training
and hypobaric (low-pressure/high-altitude) chamber training, according to

1-3
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

AR 95-1, TC 1-210, and the appropriate ATM. To meet ATP requirements if

currency lapses, an aircrew member must undergo refresher training and
reevaluation.

WAIVER
1-17. AR 95-1 contains waiver procedures.

TRAINING RECORD
1-18. When an aircrew member completes the prescribed qualification, the
training record will be established, as explained below.

INITIAL AEROMEDICAL TRAINING

1-19. After the aircrew member has completed training, the following entry is
to be made in the REMARKS section of the DA Form 759 (Individual Flight
Record and Flight Certificate—Army): “Individual has completed initial
physiological training prescribed in FM 1-301 including hypobaric (low-
pressure/high-altitude) chamber qualification on (date).”

REFRESHER TRAINING
1-20. The REMARKS section of DA Form 759 should contain the following
entry: “Individual has completed refresher physiological training including
hypobaric (low-pressure/high-altitude) chamber qualification on (date).”

SPECIAL TRAINING BY OTHER SERVICES

1-21. When aeromedical training is conducted by the U.S. Air Force or U.S.
Navy, the forms listed may be used to document the training qualification if
DA Form 759 is not available. The appropriate entry will be made in the
REMARKS section of the applicable form when the aircrew member
completes training. The forms that other services may use are—
• AF1274 (Physiological Training).
• AF702 (Individual Physiological Training Record).
• NAVMED 6150/2 (Special Duty Medical Abstract).
• NAVMED 6410/7 (Completion of Physiological Training).
1-22. Appropriate entries will be made on an SF 600 (Health Record—
Chronological Record of Medical Care), which is filed in the DA Form 3444-
series (Terminal Digit File for Treatment Record). This information will
document any medical difficulties that the individual may have encountered
during altitude-chamber qualification.

1-4
 Chapter 2

Altitude Physiology
Human beings are not physiologically equipped for high altitudes. To
cope, we must rely on preventive measures and, in some cases,
life-support equipment. Although Army aviation primarily involves
rotary-wing aircraft flying at relatively low altitudes, aircrews may still
encounter altitude-associated problems. These may cause hypoxia,
hyperventilation, and trapped-gas and evolved-gas disorders. By
understanding the characteristics of the atmosphere, aircrews are better
prepared for the physiological changes that occur with increasing
altitudes.

SECTION I – ATMOSPHERE

PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE ATMOSPHERE

2-1. The atmosphere is like an ocean of air that surrounds the surface of the
Earth. It is a mixture of water and gases. The atmosphere extends from the
surface of the Earth to about 1,200 miles in space. Gravity holds the
atmosphere in place. The atmosphere exhibits few physical characteristics;
however, it shields the inhabitants of the Earth from ultraviolet radiation
and other hazards in space. Without the atmosphere, the Earth would be as
barren as the moon.

STRUCTURE OF THE ATMOSPHERE

2-2. The atmosphere consists of several concentric layers, each displaying its
own unique characteristics. Each layer is known as a sphere. Thermal
variances within the atmosphere help define these spheres, offering aviation
personnel an insight into atmospheric conditions within each area. Between
each of the spheres is an imaginary boundary, known as a pause.

THE TROPOSPHERE
2-3. The troposphere extends from sea level to about 26,405 feet over the
poles to nearly 52,810 feet above the equator. It is distinguished by a
relatively uniform decrease in temperature and the presence of water vapor,
along with extensive weather phenomena.
2-4. Temperature changes in the troposphere can be accurately predicted
using a mean-temperature lapse rate of –1.98 degrees Celsius per 1,000 feet.
Temperatures continue to decrease until the rising air mass achieves an
altitude where temperature is in equilibrium with the surrounding
atmosphere. Table 2-1 illustrates the mean lapse rate and the pressure
decrease associated with ascending altitude.

2-1
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

Table 2-1. Standard Pressure and Temperature Values at 40 Degrees Latitude for Specific
Altitudes

Altitude Pressure Pressure Pressure Temperature Temperature

(feet) (in/Hg) (mm/Hg) (psi) (°°C) (°°F)
Sea Level 29.92 760.0 14.69 15.0 59.0
10,000 20.58 522.6 10.11 –4.8 23.3
18,000 14.95 379.4 7.34 –20.7 –5.3
20,000 13.76 349.1 6.75 –24.6 –12.3
25,000 10.51 281.8 5.45 –34.5 –30.1
30,000 8.90 225.6 4.36 –44.4 –48.0
34,000 7.40 187.4 3.62 –52.4 –62.3
35,332 6.80 175.9 3.41 –55.0 –67.0
40,000 5.56 140.7 2.72 –55.0 –67.0
43,000 4.43 119.0 2.30 –55.0 –67.0
50,000 3.44 87.3 1.69 –55.0 –67.0

THE STRATOSPHERE
2-5. The stratosphere extends from the tropopause to about 158,430 feet
(about 30 miles). The stratosphere can be subdivided based on thermal
characteristics found in different regions. Although these regions differ
thermally, the water-vapor content of both regions is virtually nonexistent.
2-6. The first subdivision of the stratosphere is termed the isothermal layer.
In the isothermal layer, temperature is constant at –55 degrees Celsius (–67
degrees Fahrenheit). Turbulence, traditionally associated with the
stratosphere, is attributed to the presence of fast-moving jet streams, both
here and in the upper regions of the troposphere.
2-7. The second subdivision of the stratosphere is characterized by rising
temperatures. This area is the ozonosphere. The ozonosphere serves as a
double-sided barrier that absorbs harmful solar ultraviolet radiation while
allowing solar heat to pass through unaffected. In addition, the ozonosphere
reflects heat from rising air masses back toward the surface of the Earth,
keeping the lower regions of the atmosphere warm, even at night during the
absence of significant solar activity.

THE MESOSPHERE
2-8. The mesosphere extends from the stratopause to an altitude of 264,050
feet (50 miles). Temperatures decline from a high of –3 degrees Celsius at the
stratopause to nearly –113 degrees Celsius at the mesopause.
2-9. Noctilucent clouds are another characteristic of this atmospheric layer.
Made of meteor dust/water vapor and shining only at night, these cloud
formations are probably due to solar reflection.

THE THERMOSPHERE
2-10. The thermosphere extends from 264,050 feet (50 miles) to about 435
miles above the Earth. The uppermost atmospheric region, the thermosphere

2-2
 Chapter 2

is generally characterized by increasing temperatures; however, the

temperature increase is in direct relation to solar activity. Temperatures in
the thermosphere can range from –113 degrees Celsius at the mesopause to
1,500 degrees Celsius during periods of extreme solar activity.
2-11. Another characteristic of the thermosphere is the presence of charged
ionic particles. These particles are the result of high-speed subatomic
particles emanating from the sun. These particles collide with gas atoms in
the atmosphere and split them apart, resulting in a large number of charged
particles (ions).

COMPOSITION OF THE ATMOSPHERE

2-12. The atmosphere of the Earth is a mixture of gases. Although the
atmosphere contains many gases, few are essential to human survival. Those
gases required for human life are nitrogen, oxygen, and carbon dioxide. Table
2-2 indicates the percentage concentrations of gases commonly found in the
atmosphere.

Table 2-2. Percentages of Atmospheric Gases

Gas Symbol Volume (%)

Nitrogen N2 78.0840
Oxygen O2 20.9480
Argon A 0.9340
Carbon Dioxide CO2 0.0314
Neon Ne 0.0018
Helium He 0.0005
Hydrogen H2 <0.0001

NITROGEN
2-13. The atmosphere of the Earth consists mainly of nitrogen. Although a
vital ingredient in the chain of life, nitrogen is not readily used by the human
body. However, nitrogen saturates body fluids and tissues as a result of
respiration. Aircrews must be aware of possible evolved-gas disorders because
of the decreased solubility of nitrogen at higher altitudes.

OXYGEN
2-14. Oxygen is the second most plentiful gas in the atmosphere. The process
of respiration unites oxygen and sugars to meet the energy requirements of
the body. The lack of oxygen in the body at altitude will cause drastic
physiological changes that can result in death. Therefore, oxygen is of great
importance to aircrew members.

CARBON DIOXIDE
2-15. Carbon dioxide is the product of cellular respiration in most life forms.
Although not present in large amounts, the CO2 in the atmosphere plays a
vital role in maintaining the oxygen supply of the Earth. Through
photosynthesis, plant life uses CO2 to create energy and releases O2 as a

2-3
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

by-product. As a result of animal metabolism and photosynthesis, CO2 and O2

supplies in the atmosphere remain constant.

OTHER GASES
2-16. Other gases—such as argon, xenon, and helium—are present in trace
amounts in the atmosphere. They are not as critical to human survival as are
nitrogen, oxygen, and carbon dioxide.

ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE
2-17. Standard atmospheric pressure, or barometric pressure, is the force
(that is, weight) exerted by the atmosphere at any given point. An observable
characteristic, atmospheric pressure can be expressed in different forms,
depending on the method of measurement. Atmospheric pressure decreases
with increasing altitude, making barometric pressure of great concern to
aircrews because oxygen diffusion in the body depends on total barometric
pressure. Figure 2-1 illustrates the standard atmospheric pressure
measurements at 59 degrees Fahrenheit (15 degrees Celsius) at sea level.

Figure 2-1. Standard Atmospheric Pressure Measurements at 59 Degrees Fahrenheit (15

Degrees Celsius) at Sea Level

DALTON’S LAW OF PARTIAL PRESSURES

2-18. A close relationship exists between atmospheric pressure and the
amount of the various gases in the atmosphere. This relationship is referred
to as Dalton’s Law of Partial Pressures. Dalton’s Law states that the pressure
exerted by a mixture of ideal (nonreacting) gases is equal to the sum of the
pressures that each gas would exert if it alone occupied the space filled by the
mixture. The pressure of each gas within a gaseous mixture is independent of
the pressures of the other gases in the mixture. The independent pressure of

2-4
 Chapter 2

each gas is termed the partial pressure of that gas. Figure 2-2 represents the
concept of Dalton’s Law as related to the atmosphere of the Earth.
Mathematically, Dalton’s Law can be expressed as follows:

Pt = PN + PO2 + PCO2 + … (constant volume and temperature)

Where Pt represents the total pressure of the mixture, PN, PO2, PCO2, …
represent the partial pressures of each individual gas, V represents volume,
and T represents temperature. To determine the partial pressure of the gases
in the atmosphere (or any gaseous mixture whose concentrations are known),
the following mathematical formula can be used:

Percentage of atmospheric

concentration Total atmospheric

of the individual gas x pressure at a given altitude =

100
Partial pressure of the individual gas
2-19. Dalton’s Law states that the pressure exerted by a mixture of ideal
(nonreacting) gases is equal to the sum of the pressures that each gas would
exert if it alone occupied the space filled by the mixture. The pressure of each
gas within a gaseous mixture is independent of the pressures of the other
gases in the mixture. The independent pressure of each gas is termed the
partial pressure of that gas. Figure 2-2 represents the concept of Dalton’s
Law as related to the atmosphere of the Earth.

Figure 2-2. Dalton’s Law of Partial Pressures as Related to the Atmosphere of the Earth

2-20. For the aircrew member, Dalton’s law illustrates that increasing
altitude results in a proportional decrease of partial pressures of gases found
in the atmosphere. Although the percentage concentration of gases remains
stable with increasing altitude, each partial pressure decreases in direct
proportion to the total barometric pressure. Table 2-3 shows the relationship
between barometric pressure and partial pressure.

2-5
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

Table 2-3. Partial Pressures of O2 at Various Altitudes

Altitude Atmospheric PAO2 PVO2 Pressure Blood

(feet) Pressure (mm/Hg) (mm/Hg) Differential Saturation
(mm/Hg) (mm/Hg) (%)
Sea Level 760 100 40 60 98
10,000 523 60 31 29 87
18,000 380 38 26 12 72
22,000 321 30 22 8 60
25,000 282 7 4 3 9
35,000 179 0 0 0 0

2-21. Changes in the partial pressure of oxygen dramatically affect

respiratory functions within the human body. Any decrease in the partial
pressure of oxygen quickly results in physiological impairment. Although this
impairment may not be noticed initially at lower altitudes, the effects are
cumulative and grow progressively worse as altitude increases.
2-22. Decreases in the partial pressure of nitrogen, especially at high altitude,
can lead to a decrease in the solubility of N2 in the body. This decrease in N2
solubility can result in decompression sickness.

PHYSIOLOGICAL ZONES OF THE ATMOSPHERE

2-23. Humans are unable to adapt physiologically to all of the physical
changes that occur in the different regions of the atmosphere. Because man
evolved on the surface, humans are especially susceptible to the dramatic
temperature and pressure changes that take place during ascent and
sustained aerial flight. Because of these factors, the atmosphere can be
further divided (by altitude) into three distinct physiological zones. These
divisions are primarily based on pressure changes that occur within these
parameters and the resultant effects on human physiology.

THE EFFICIENT ZONE

2-24. Extending upward from sea level to 10,000 feet, the efficient zone
provides aircrews with a near-ideal physiological environment. Although the
barometric pressure drops from 760 mm/Hg at sea level to 523 mm/Hg at
10,000 feet, Po2 (partial pressure of oxygen) levels within this range allow
humans to operate in the efficient zone without using protective equipment;
however, sustained flight in the upper portions of this area may require
acclimatization. Some minor problems associated with the efficient zone are
ear and sinus blocks and gas expansion in the digestive tract. Also, without
the use of supplemental oxygen, a decrease in night vision capabilities will
occur above 4,000 feet.

THE DEFICIENT ZONE

2-25. The deficient zone of the atmosphere ranges from 10,000 feet at its base
to 50,000 feet at its highest point. Because atmospheric pressure at 10,000

2-6
 Chapter 2

feet is only 523 mm/Hg, missions in the deficient zone carry a high degree of
risk unless supplemental-oxygen/cabin-pressurization systems are used. As
flights approach the upper limit of the deficient zone, decreasing barometric
pressures (down to 87 mm/Hg) make trapped-gas disorders occur more
frequently.

THE SPACE EQUIVALENT ZONE

2-26. Extending from 50,000 feet and continuing to the outer fringes of the
atmosphere, the space equivalent zone is totally hostile to human life.
Therefore, flight in the space equivalent zone requires a completely artificial
atmospheric environment. Unprotected exposure to the extremely low
temperatures and pressures found at these high altitudes can quickly result
in death. An example of how dangerous this area can be is found at 63,000
feet (Armstrong’s line). The barometric pressure at this altitude is only 47
mm/Hg, which equals the partial pressure of water in the body. At this
pressure, water begins to “boil” within the body as it changes into a gaseous
vapor.

SECTION II – CIRCULATORY SYSTEM

STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION OF THE CIRCULATORY SYSTEM

Section
2-27. The circulatory system, shown in Figure 2-3, constitutes the physiologic
framework required to transport blood throughout the body. A fundamental
function of the circulatory system (along with the lymphatic system) is fluid
transport. Other important functions of this system include meeting body cell
nutrition and excretion demands, along with body-heat and electrochemical
equilibrium requirements. Circulatory components include arteries,
capillaries, and veins that stretch to nearly every cell in the body.

ARTERIES
2-28. Conducting blood away from the ventricles of the heart, the arteries are
strong, elastic vessels that can withstand relatively high pressures. Arterial
vessels generally carry oxygen-rich blood to the capillaries for use by the
tissues.

CAPILLARIES
2-29. The body’s smallest blood vessels, the capillaries, form the junction
between the smallest arteries (arterioles) and the smallest veins (venules).
Actually semipermeable extensions of the inner linings of the arterioles and
venules, the capillaries provide body tissues with access to the bloodstream.
Capillaries can be found virtually everywhere in the body, providing needed
gas-/nutrient-exchange capabilities to nearly every body cell.

2-7
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

Figure 2-3. Structures of the Circulatory System

VEINS
2-30. Transporting blood from the capillaries back to the atria of the heart,
the veins are the blood-return portion of the circulatory system. A
low-pressure pathway, the veins also possess flap-like valves that ensure that
blood flows only in the direction of the heart. In addition, the veins can
constrict or dilate, based on the body’s requirements. This unique ability
allows blood flow and pressure to be modified, based on such factors as body
heat or trauma.

COMPONENTS AND FUNCTIONS OF BLOOD

2-31. Although blood volume varies with body size, the average adult has a
blood volume approaching 5 liters. About 5 percent of total body weight, blood
is actually a form of connective tissue whose cells are suspended in a liquid
intercellular material. The cellular portions of the blood compose about 45
percent of blood volume and consist mainly of red blood cells, white blood
cells, and blood platelets. The remaining 55 percent of the blood is a liquid
called plasma. Each of these components performs unique functions,
summarized in Figure 2-4.

RED BLOOD CELLS

2-32. Most of the body’s supply of oxygen is transported by the red blood cells
(erythrocytes). Because oxygenation of red blood cells depends on the Po2 in

2-8
 Chapter 2

the atmosphere, aircrews may begin to suffer from oxygen deficiency

(hypoxia) even at low altitudes. RBC structure, appearance, and production
are among the factors that are affected when erythrocytes experience
hypoxia.
2-33. Hemoglobin makes up about one-third of every red blood cell. Composed
of several polypeptide chains and iron-containing heme groups, hemoglobin
attracts oxygen molecules through an electrochemical magnetic process. Just
as opposing poles on a magnet attract, so does the iron content (Fe2+) within
hemoglobin attract oxygen (O22–).
2-34. When the blood supply is fully saturated with oxygen, as in arterial
blood, blood takes on a bright-red color as oxyhemoglobin is formed. As blood
passes through the capillaries, it releases oxygen to the surrounding tissues.
As a result, deoxyhemoglobin forms and gives venous blood a dark-red color.
2-35. Red blood cells are produced in the red bone marrow. The number of
RBCs in circulating blood is relatively stable; however, environmental factors
play a large role in determining the actual RBC count. Smoking, an
inadequate diet, and the altitude where one lives all contribute to
fluctuations in RBC count. In fact, people residing above 10,000 feet may
have up to 30 percent more erythrocytes than those living at sea level.

Figure 2-4. Functions of Blood Components

WHITE BLOOD CELLS

2-36. The principal role of the white blood cells, or leukocytes, is to
fight/control various disease conditions, especially those caused by invading
microorganisms. Although WBCs are typically larger than RBCs, WBCs can
squeeze between the cells of blood vessels to reach diseased tissues. WBCs
also help form natural immunities against numerous disease processes.

2-9
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

PLATELETS
2-37. Although not complete cells, the platelets, or thrombocytes, arise from
small, fragmented portions of much larger cells produced in the red bone
marrow. About half the size of an RBC, the platelets react to any breach in
the circulatory system through initialization of blood coagulation and
blood-vessel contraction.

PLASMA
2-38. The liquid portion of the blood is a translucent, straw-colored fluid,
known as plasma. All of the cellular structures in the bloodstream are
suspended in this liquid. Composed mainly of water, plasma also contains
proteins and inorganic salts. Some of the important functions of the plasma
are to transport nutrients, such as glucose, and waste products, such as
carbon dioxide.

SECTION III – RESPIRATORY SYSTEM

THE PROCESSES OF BREATHING AND RESPIRATION

2-39. All known living organisms exchange gases with their environment.
This gas exchange is known as respiration. The processes of respiration are
breathing, external respiration, and internal respiration.

BREATHING
2-40. Breathing can be described as a spontaneous, rhythmic mechanical
process. Contraction and relaxation of the respiratory muscles cause gases to
move in and out of the lungs, thereby providing the body a gaseous media for
exchange purposes.

EXTERNAL RESPIRATION
2-41. External respiration takes place in the alveoli of the lungs. Air, which
includes oxygen, is moved to the alveoli by the mechanical process of
breathing. Once in the alveolar sacs, oxygen diffuses from the incoming air
into the bloodstream. At the same time, carbon dioxide diffuses from the
venous blood into the alveolar sacs.

INTERNAL RESPIRATION
2-42. Internal respiration includes the use of blood oxygen and carbon dioxide
production by tissue cells, as well as gas exchange between cells and the
surrounding fluid medium. These mechanisms, known as the metabolic
process, produce the energy needed for life.

FUNCTIONS OF RESPIRATION
2-43. Respiration has several functions. It brings O2 into the body, removes
CO2 from the body, and helps maintain the temperature and the acid-base
balance of the body.

2-10
 Chapter 2

OXYGEN INTAKE
2-44. The primary function of respiration is the intake of O2. Oxygen enters
the body through the respiratory system and is transported within the body
through the circulatory system. All body cells require oxygen to metabolize
food material.

CARBON-DIOXIDE REMOVAL
2-45. Carbon dioxide is one of the by-products of the metabolic process. CO2
dissolves in the blood plasma, which then transports it from the tissues to the
lungs so that it can be released.

BODY-HEAT BALANCE
2-46. Body temperature is usually maintained within a narrow range (from
97 to 100 degrees Fahrenheit). Evaporation of bodily fluids (such as
perspiration) is one method of heat loss that helps maintain body-heat
balance. The warm, moist air released during exhalation also aids in this
process.

BODY CHEMICAL BALANCE

2-47. A delicate balance exists between the amounts of oxygen and carbon
dioxide in the body. The uptake of O2 and CO2 takes place through extensive
chemical changes in the hemoglobin and plasma of the blood. Disrupting
these chemical pathways changes the chemical balance of the body.
2-48. Under normal conditions, the measure of relative acidity or alkalinity
(pH level) within the body is 7.35 to 7.45. During respiration, the partial
pressure of carbon dioxide elevates, the acidity level increases, and the pH
value lowers to less than 7.3. Conversely, too little CO2 causes the blood to
become more alkaline and the pH value to rise. Figure 2-5 shows how the
amount of carbon dioxide in the body affects the pH level of the blood.
2-49. Because the human body maintains equilibrium within narrow limits,
the respiratory centers of the brain sense any shift in the blood pH and
partial pressure of CO2 (Pco2) levels. When unusual levels occur, chemical
receptors trigger the respiratory process to help return the Pco2 and pH levels
to normal limits. The 7.2 to 7.6 limits are critical for the necessary uptake of
O2 by the blood and the release of that O2 to tissues.

PHASES OF EXTERNAL RESPIRATION

2-50. The respiratory cycle is an involuntary process that continues unless a
conscious effort is made to control it. External respiration occurs in two
phases: active (inhalation) and passive (exhalation). Figure 2-6 illustrates
these phases.

2-11
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

Figure 2-5. Relationship of CO2 Content and pH Level of the Blood

Figure 2-6. The Phases of Respiration

2-12
 Chapter 2

ACTIVE PHASE (INHALATION)

2-51. The movement of air into the lungs is the active phase of external
respiration, or inhalation. It is caused by the expansion of the chest wall and
downward motion of the diaphragm. Inhalation creates an area of low
pressure because of the increased volume in the lungs. Because of the greater
outside pressure, air will then rush into the lungs to inflate them.

PASSIVE PHASE (EXHALATION)

2-52. In the passive phase of external respiration, or exhalation, the
diaphragm relaxes and the chest wall contracts downward to create increased
pressure inside the lungs. Once the glottis opens, this pressure inside the
lungs causes the air to rush out, which frees CO2 to the atmosphere.

COMPONENTS OF THE RESPIRATORY SYSTEM

2-53. The respiratory system consists of passages and organs that bring
atmospheric air into the body. The components of the respiratory system,
shown in Figure 2-7, include the oral-nasal passage, pharynx, larynx,
trachea, bronchi, bronchioles, alveolar ducts, and alveoli.

Figure 2-7. Components of the Respiratory System

ORAL-NASAL PASSAGE
2-54. The oral-nasal passage includes the mouth and nasal cavities. The nasal
passages are lined with a mucous membrane that contains many fine, ciliated
hair cells. The membrane’s primary purpose is to filter air as it enters the
nasal cavity. The hairs continually clean the membrane by sweeping filtered
material to the back of the throat where it is either swallowed or expelled
through the mouth. Therefore, air that enters through the nasal cavity is
better filtered than air that enters through the mouth.

PHARYNX
2-55. The pharynx, the back of the throat, is connected to the nasal and oral
cavities. It primarily humidifies and warms the air entering the respiratory
system.

2-13
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

TRACHEA
2-56. The trachea, or windpipe, is a tube through which air moves down into
the bronchi. From there, air continues to move down increasingly smaller
passages, or ducts, until it reaches the small alveoli within the lung tissue.

ALVEOLI
2-57. Each tiny alveolus is surrounded by a network of capillaries that joins
veins and arteries. The microscopic capillaries, each having a wall only one
cell in thickness, are so narrow that red blood cells move through them in
single file. The actual gaseous exchange between CO2 and O2 occurs in the
alveoli.
2-58. Carbon dioxide and oxygen move in and out of alveoli because of the
pressure differentials between their CO2 and O2 levels and those in
surrounding capillaries. This movement is based on the law of gaseous
diffusion: a gas always moves from an area of high pressure to an area of
lower pressure. Figure 2-8 illustrates the exchange of CO2 and O2 between an
alveolus and a capillary.

Figure 2-8. Diffusion of CO2 and O2 Between an Alveolus and a Capillary

2-59. When O2 reaches the alveoli of the lungs, it crosses a thin cellular
barrier and moves into the capillary bed to reach the oxygen-carrying RBCs.
As the oxygen enters the alveoli, it has a partial pressure of oxygen of about
100 mm/Hg. Within the blood, the Po2 of the venous return blood is about 40
mm/Hg. As the blood traverses the capillary networks of the alveoli, the O2
flows from the area of high pressure within the alveoli to the area of low
pressure within the blood. Thus, O2 saturation takes place.
2-60. Carbon dioxide diffuses from the blood to the alveoli in the same
manner. The partial pressure of carbon dioxide (Pco2) in the venous return
blood of the capillaries is about 46 mm/Hg, as compared to a Pco2 of 40

2-14
 Chapter 2

mm/Hg in the alveoli. As the blood moves through the capillaries, the CO2
moves from the high Pco2 in the capillaries to an area of lower Pco2 in the
alveoli. The CO2 is then exhaled during the next passive phase (exhalation) of
respiration.
Note: The exchange of O2 and CO2 between tissue and capillaries occurs in
the same manner as it does between the alveoli and capillaries. Figure 2-9
shows the exchange between tissue and a capillary.

Figure 2-9. Diffusion of CO2 and O2 Between Tissue and a Capillary

2-61. The amount of O2 and CO2 transferred across the alveolar-capillary

membrane into the blood depends primarily on the alveolar pressure of
oxygen in relation to the venous pressure of oxygen. This pressure
differential is critical to the crew member because O2 saturation in the blood
decreases as altitude increases. This decrease in O2 saturation can lead to
hypoxia, which is caused by a deficiency of O2 in the body tissues. Table 2-4
shows the relationship between altitude and O2 saturation.

Table 2-4. Correlation of Altitude and Blood O2 Saturation

Altitude Atmospheric PAO2 PVO2 Pressure Blood

(feet) Pressure (mm/ (mm/ Differential Saturation (%)
(mm/Hg) Hg) Hg) (mm/Hg)
Sea Level 760 100 40 60 98
10,000 523 60 31 29 87
18,000 380 38 26 12 72
22,000 321 30 22 8 60
25,000 282 7 4 3 9
35,000 179 0 0 0 0

2-15
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

SECTION IV – HYPOXIA

CHARACTERISTICS OF HYPOXIA
2-62. Hypoxia results when the body lacks oxygen. Hypoxia tends to be
associated only with flights at high altitude. However, many other factors—
such as alcohol abuse, heavy smoking, and various medications—interfere
with the blood’s ability to carry oxygen. These factors can either diminish the
ability of the blood to absorb oxygen or reduce the body’s tolerance to hypoxia.

TYPES OF HYPOXIA
2-63. There are four major types of hypoxia: hypoxic, hypemic, stagnant, and
histotoxic. They are classified according to the cause of the hypoxia.

HYPOXIC HYPOXIA
2-64. Hypoxic hypoxia occurs when not enough oxygen is in the air or when
decreasing atmospheric pressures prevent the diffusion of O2 from the lungs
to the bloodstream. Aviation personnel are most likely to encounter this type
at altitude. It is due to the reduction of the Po2 at high altitudes, as shown in
Figure 2-10.

Figure 2-10. Hypoxic Hypoxia

HYPEMIC HYPOXIA
2-65. Hypemic, or anemic, hypoxia is caused by a reduction in the
oxygen-carrying capacity of the blood, as shown in Figure 2-11. Anemia and
blood loss are the most common causes of this type. Carbon monoxide,
nitrites, and sulfa drugs also cause this hypoxia by forming compounds with
hemoglobin and reducing the hemoglobin that is available to combine with
oxygen.

2-16
 Chapter 2

Figure 2-11. Hypemic Hypoxia

STAGNANT HYPOXIA
2-66. In stagnant hypoxia, the oxygen-carrying capacity of the blood is
adequate but, as shown in Figure 2-12, circulation is inadequate. Such
conditions as heart failure, arterial spasm, and occlusion of a blood vessel
predispose the individual to stagnant hypoxia. More often, when a crew
member experiences extreme gravitational forces, disrupting blood flow and
causing the blood to stagnate.

HISTOTOXIC HYPOXIA
2-67. This type results when there is interference with the use of O2 by body
tissues. Alcohol, narcotics, and certain poisons—such as cyanide—interfere
with the cells’ ability to use an adequate supply of oxygen. Figure 2-13 shows
the result of this oxygen deprivation.

Figure 2-12. Stagnant Hypoxia

2-17
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

Figure 2-13. Histotoxic Hypoxia

SIGNS, SYMPTOMS, AND SUSCEPTIBILITY TO HYPOXIA

SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS OF HYPOXIA
2-68. Signs are observable by the other aircrew members and, therefore, are
objective. Individual aircrew members observe or feel their own symptoms.
These symptoms vary from one person to another and, therefore, are
subjective.
2-69. Aviation personnel commonly experience mild hypoxia at altitudes at or
above 10,000 feet. Those who fly must be able to recognize the possible signs
and symptoms. Being able to recognize these signs and symptoms is
particularly important because the onset of hypoxia is subtle and produces a
false sense of well-being. Crew members are often engrossed in flight
activities and do not readily notice the symptoms of hypoxia. Usually,
however, most individuals experience two or three unmistakable symptoms
or signs that cannot be overlooked. Figure 2-14 lists the signs and symptoms.

Symptoms (Subjective) Signs (Objective)

Air Hunger Hyperventilation
Apprehension Cyanosis
Fatigue Mental Confusion
Headache Poor Judgment
Dizziness Muscle Incoordination
Hot and Cold Flashes
Euphoria
Belligerence
Blurred Vision
Tunnel Vision
Numbness
Tingling

UNCONSCIOUSNESS

Figure 2-14. Possible Signs and Symptoms of Hypoxia

2-18
 Chapter 2

SUSCEPTIBILITY TO HYPOXIA
2-70. Individuals vary widely in their susceptibility to hypoxia. Several
factors determine individual susceptibility.

Onset Time and Severity

2-71. The onset time and severity of hypoxia vary with the amount of oxygen
deficiency. Crew members must be able to recognize hypoxia and immediately
determine the cause.

Self-Imposed Stress
2-72. Physiological Altitude. An individual’s physiological altitude, the
altitude that the body feels, is as important as the true altitude of a flight.
Self-imposed stressors, such as tobacco and alcohol, increase the physiological
altitude.
2-73. Smoking. The hemoglobin molecules of RBCs have a 200- to 300-times
greater affinity for carbon monoxide than for oxygen. Cigarette smoking
significantly increases the amount of CO carried by the hemoglobin of RBCs;
thus, it reduces the capacity of the blood to combine with oxygen. Smoking 3
cigarettes in rapid succession or 20 to 30 cigarettes within 24 hours before a
flight may saturate from 8 to 10 percent of the hemoglobin in the blood. The
physiological effects of this condition include—
• The loss of about 20 percent of the smoker’s night vision at sea level.
• A physiological altitude of 5,000 feet at sea level, as depicted in Figure
2-15.

Figure 2-15. Adverse Effects of Altitude on Smokers

2-19
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

2-74. Alcohol. Alcohol creates histotoxic hypoxia. For example, an individual

who has consumed 1 ounce of alcohol may have a physiological altitude of
2,000 feet.

Individual Factors
2-75. Metabolic rate, diet, nutrition, and emotions greatly influence an
individual’s susceptibility to hypoxia. These and other individual factors must
be considered in determining susceptibility.

Ascent Rate
2-76. Rapid ascent rates affect the individual’s susceptibility to hypoxia. High
altitudes can be reached before the crew member notices serious symptoms.

Exposure Duration
2-77. The effects of exposure to altitude relate directly to an individual’s
length of exposure. Usually, the longer the exposure, the more detrimental
the effects. However, the higher the altitude, the shorter the exposure time
required before symptoms of hypoxia occur.

Ambient Temperature
2-78. Extremes in temperature usually increase the metabolic rate of the
body. A temperature change increases the individual’s oxygen requirements
while decreasing the tolerance of the body to hypoxia. With these conditions,
hypoxia may develop at lower altitudes than usual.

Physical Activity
2-79. When physical activity increases, the body demands a greater amount of
oxygen. This increased oxygen demand causes a more rapid onset of hypoxia.

Physical Fitness
2-80. An individual who is physically conditioned will normally have a higher
tolerance to altitude problems than one who is not. Physical fitness raises an
individual’s tolerance ceiling.

EFFECTS OF HYPOXIA
2-81. In aviation, the most important effects of hypoxia are those related,
either directly or indirectly, to the nervous system. Nerve tissue has a heavy
requirement for oxygen. Brain tissue is one of the first areas affected by an
oxygen deficiency. A prolonged or severe lack of oxygen destroys brain cells.
Hypoxia demonstrations in an altitude chamber do not produce any known
brain damage because the severity and duration of the hypoxia are
minimized.
2-82. The expected performance time is from the interruption of the oxygen
supply until the crew member loses the ability to take corrective action. Table
2-5 shows that the EPT varies with the altitude at which the individual is
flying. An aircrew flying in a pressurized aircraft that loses cabin

2-20
 Chapter 2

pressurization, as in rapid decompression, has only one-half of the EPT

shown in Table 2-5.

Table 2-5. Relationship Between Expected Performance Time and Altitude

Altitude Expected Performance

(feet) Time
>50,000 9–12 seconds
43,000 9–12 seconds
35,000 30–60 seconds
25,000 4–6 minutes
22,000 8–10 minutes
18,000 20–30 minutes

STAGES OF HYPOXIC HYPOXIA

2-83. There are four stages of hypoxic hypoxia: indifferent, compensatory,
disturbance, and critical. Table 2-6 shows that the stages vary according to
the altitude and the severity of symptoms.

INDIFFERENT STAGE
2-84. Mild hypoxia in this stage causes night vision to deteriorate at about
4,000 feet. Aircrew members who fly above 4,000 feet at night should be
aware that visual acuity decreases significantly in this stage because of both
the dark conditions and the developing mild hypoxia.

Table 2-6. Stages of Hypoxia

Stages Indifferent Compensatory Disturbance Critical Stage

Stage (98%–90% Stage (89%–80% Stage (79%–70% (69%–60% O2
O2 saturation) O2 saturation) O2 saturation) saturation)

Altitude 0–10 10–15 15–20 20–25

(thousands
of feet)
Symptoms Decrease in night Drowsiness Impaired flight Circulatory failure
vision Poor judgment control CNS failure
Impaired Impaired Convulsions
coordination handwriting Cardiovascular
Impaired efficiency Impaired speech collapse
Decreased Death
coordination
Impaired vision
Decreased
sensation to pain
Impaired intellectual
function
Decreased memory
Impaired judgment

2-21
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

COMPENSATORY STAGE
2-85. The circulatory system and, to a lesser degree, the respiratory system
provide some defense against hypoxia at this stage. The pulse rate, systolic
blood pressure, circulation rate, and cardiac output increase. Respiration
increases in depth and sometimes in rate. At 12,000 to 15,000 feet, however,
the effects of hypoxia on the nervous system become increasingly apparent.
After 10 to 15 minutes, impaired efficiency is obvious. Crew members may
become drowsy and make frequent errors in judgment. They may also find it
difficult to do even simple tasks requiring alertness or moderate muscular
coordination. Crew members preoccupied with duties can easily overlook
hypoxia at this stage.

DISTURBANCE STAGE
2-86. In this stage, the physiological responses can no longer compensate for
the oxygen deficiency. Occasionally, crew members become unconscious from
hypoxia without undergoing the subjective symptoms described in Table 2-6.
Fatigue, sleepiness, dizziness, headache, breathlessness, and euphoria are
the symptoms most often reported. The objective symptoms explained below
are also experienced.

Senses
2-87. Peripheral vision and central vision are impaired, and visual acuity is
diminished. Weakness and loss of muscular coordination are experienced.
The sensations of touch and pain are diminished or lost. Hearing is one of the
last senses to be lost.

Mental Processes
2-88. Intellectual impairment is an early sign that often prevents the
individual from recognizing disabilities. Thinking is slow, and calculations
are unreliable. Short-term memory is poor, and judgment—as well as
reaction time—is affected.

Personality Traits
2-89. There may be a display of basic personality traits and emotions much
the same as with alcoholic intoxication. Euphoria, aggressiveness,
overconfidence, or depression can occur.

Psychomotor Functions
2-90. Muscular coordination is decreased, and delicate or fine muscular
movements may be impossible. Stammering and illegible handwriting are
typical of hypoxic impairment.

Cyanosis
2-91. When cyanosis occurs, the skin becomes bluish in color. This effect is
caused by oxygen molecules failing to attach to hemoglobin molecules.

2-22
 Chapter 2

CRITICAL STAGE
2-92. Within three to five minutes, judgment and coordination usually
deteriorate. Subsequently, mental confusion, dizziness, incapacitation, and
unconsciousness occur.

PREVENTION OF HYPOXIC HYPOXIA

2-93. An understanding of the causes and types of hypoxia assists in its
prevention. Hypoxic (altitude) hypoxia is the type most often encountered in
aviation. The other three types (hypemic, stagnant, and histotoxic) may also
present danger to aviators.
2-94. Hypoxic hypoxia can be prevented by ensuring that sufficient oxygen is
available to maintain an alveolar partial pressure of oxygen (PAo2) between
60 and 100 mm/Hg. Preventive measures include—
• Limiting the time at altitude.
• Using supplemental oxygen.
• Pressurizing the cabin.
2-95. During night flights above 4,000 feet, crew members should use
supplemental oxygen when available. Supplemental oxygen is necessary
because of the mild hypoxia and loss of visual acuity that occur.
2-96. The amount, or percentage, of oxygen required to maintain normal
oxygen saturation levels varies with altitude. At sea level, a 21 percent
concentration of ambient air oxygen is necessary to maintain the normal
blood oxygen saturation of 96 to 98 percent. At 20,000 feet, however, a 49
percent concentration of oxygen is required to maintain the same saturation.
2-97. The upper limit of continuous-flow oxygen is reached at about 34,000
feet. Above 34,000 feet, positive pressure is necessary to maintain an
adequate oxygen saturation level. The positive pressure, however, cannot
exceed 30 mm/Hg because—
• Normal oxygen masks cannot hold positive pressures of more than 25
mm/Hg without leaking.
• Excess pressure may enter the middle ear through the eustachian
tubes and cause the eardrum to bulge outward, which is painful.
• Crew members encounter difficulty in exhalation against the pressure,
resulting in hyperventilation.
2-98. Pressurization, as found in the C-12 aircraft, can prevent hypoxia.
Supplemental oxygen should be available in the aircraft in case of
pressurization loss.
2-99. The prevention of hypoxic hypoxia is essential in the aviation
environment. There are, however, other causes of hypoxia. Carbon monoxide
uptake (hypemic hypoxia), the effects of alcohol (histotoxic hypoxia), and
reduced blood flow (stagnant hypoxia) are also hazardous. Avoiding or
minimizing self-imposed stressors helps eliminate hypoxic conditions.

2-23
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

TREATMENT OF HYPOXIA
2-100. Individuals who exhibit signs and symptoms of hypoxia must be
treated immediately. Treatment consists of giving the individual 100 percent
oxygen. If oxygen is not available, descent to an altitude below 10,000 feet is
mandatory. When symptoms persist, the type and cause of the hypoxia must
be determined and treatment administered accordingly.

SECTION V – HYPERVENTILATION

CHARACTERISTICS OF HYPERVENTILATION
2-101. Hyperventilation is the excessive rate and depth of respiration leading
to abnormal loss of carbon dioxide from the blood. This condition occurs more
often among aviators than is generally recognized. It seldom incapacitates
completely, but it causes disturbing symptoms that can alarm the uninformed
aviator. In such cases, an increased breathing rate and anxiety then further
aggravate the problem.

CAUSES OF HYPERVENTILATION
2-102. The human body reacts automatically under conditions of stress and
anxiety whether the problem is real or imaginary. Often, a marked increase
in breathing rate occurs. This increase leads to a significant decrease in the
carbon-dioxide content of the body as well as a change in the acid-base
balance. Among the factors that can initiate this cycle are emotions, pressure
breathing, and hypoxia.

EMOTIONS
2-103. When fear, anxiety, or stress alters the normal breathing pattern, the
individual may attempt to consciously control breathing. The respiration rate
is then likely to increase without an elevation in CO2 production, and
hyperventilation occurs.

PRESSURE BREATHING
2-104. Positive-pressure breathing is used to prevent hypoxia at altitude. It
reverses the normal respiratory cycle of inhalation and exhalation.

Inhalation
2-105. Under positive-pressure conditions, the aviator is not actively involved
in inhalation as in the normal respiratory cycle. The aviator does not inhale
oxygen into the lungs; instead, oxygen is forced into the lungs under positive
pressure.

Exhalation
2-106. Under positive-pressure conditions, the aviator is forced to breathe out
against the pressure. The force that the individual must exert in exhaling
results in an increased rate and depth of breathing. At this point, too much
CO2 is lost and alkalosis, or increased pH, occurs. Pauses between exhaling

2-24
 Chapter 2

and inhaling can reverse this condition and maintain a near-normal level of
CO2 during pressure breathing.

HYPOXIA
2-107. With the onset of hypoxia and the resultant lower oxygen-saturation
level of the blood, the respiratory center triggers an increase in the breathing
rate to gain more oxygen. This rapid breathing, which is beneficial for oxygen
uptake, causes excessive loss of carbon dioxide when continued too long.

SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS OF HYPERVENTILATION

2-108. The excessive loss of CO2 and the chemical imbalance that occur
during hyperventilation produce signs and symptoms. These include—
• Dizziness.
• Muscle spasms.
• Unconsciousness.
• Visual impairment.
• Tingling sensations.
• Hot and cold sensations.
The signs and symptoms of hyperventilation and hypoxia are similar, making
them difficult to differentiate. The indications given below help to distinguish
between the two.

Hyperventilation
2-109. Hyperventilation results in nerve and muscle irritability and muscle
spasms. Symptoms appear gradually.

Fainting
2-110. Fainting produces loose muscles but no muscle spasms. Symptoms
appear rapidly.

TREATMENT OF HYPERVENTILATION
2-111. The most effective method of treatment is voluntary reduction in the
affected individual’s rate of respiration. However, an extremely apprehensive
person may not respond to directions to breathe more slowly.
2-112. Although it is difficult, an individual affected by the symptoms of
hyperventilation should try to control the respiration rate; the normal rate is
12 to 16 breaths per minute. To treat hyperventilation, the aviator should
control breathing and go to 100 percent oxygen. If symptoms continue and
conscious control of respiration is not possible, the individual should talk or
sing. It is physiologically impossible to talk and hyperventilate at the same
time. Talking or singing will elevate the CO2 level and help regulate
breathing.
2-113. When hypoxia and hyperventilation occur concurrently, a decrease in
the respiratory rate and the intake of 100 percent O2 will correct the

2-25
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

condition. If hypoxia is severe, the aviator must return to ground level before
becoming incapacitated.

SECTION VI – PRESSURE-CHANGE EFFECTS

DYSBARISM
2-114. The human body can withstand enormous changes in barometric
pressure as long as air pressure in the body cavities equals ambient air
pressure. Difficulty occurs when the expanding gas cannot escape so that
ambient and body pressures can equalize. The discussion in this section
applies to nonpressurized flight and direct exposure of aircrews to potentially
harmful altitudes.
2-115. Dysbarism refers to the various manifestations of gas expansion
induced by decreased barometric pressure. These manifestations can be just
as dangerous, if not more so, than hypoxia or hyperventilation. The direct
effects of decreased barometric pressure can be divided into two groups:
trapped-gas disorders and evolved-gas disorders.

TRAPPED-GAS DISORDERS
2-116. During ascent, the free gas normally present in various body cavities
expands. If the escape of the expanded volume is impeded, pressure builds up
within the cavity and pain is experienced. The expansion of trapped gases
accounts for abdominal pain, ear pain, sinus pain, or toothache.

BOYLE’S LAW
2-117. Trapped-gas problems are explained by the physical laws governing
the behavior of gases under conditions of changing pressure. Boyle’s Law
(Figure 2-16) states that the volume of a gas in inversely proportional to the
pressure exerted upon it. Differences in gas expansion are found under
conditions of dry gas and wet gas.

Dry-Gas Conditions
2-118. Under dry-gas conditions, the atmosphere is not saturated with
moisture. Under conditions of constant temperature and increased altitude,
the volume of a gas expands as the pressure decreases.

Wet-Gas Conditions
2-119. Gases within the body are saturated with water vapor. Under constant
temperature and at the same altitude and barometric pressure, the volume of
wet gas is greater than the volume of dry gas.

2-26
 Chapter 2

Figure 2-16. Boyle’s Law

TRAPPED-GAS DISORDERS OF THE GASTROINTESTINAL TRACT

2-120. With a rapid decrease in atmospheric pressure, aircrews frequently
experience discomfort from gas expansion within the digestive tract. At low or
intermediate altitudes, the symptom is not serious in most individuals. Above
25,000 feet, however, enough distension may occur to produce severe pain.
Figure 2-17 shows the dramatic expansion of trapped gas as altitude
increases.

Figure 2-17. Trapped-Gas Expansion in the Gastrointestinal Tract at Increased Altitudes

Cause
2-121. The stomach and the small and large intestines normally contain a
variable amount of gas at a pressure roughly equal to the surrounding
atmospheric pressure. The stomach and large intestine contain considerably
more gas than does the small intestine. The chief sources of this gas are
swallowed air and, to a lesser degree, gas formed as a result of digestive
processes, fermentation, bacterial decomposition, and decomposition of food

2-27
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

undergoing digestion. The gases normally present in the gastrointestinal

tract are oxygen, carbon dioxide, nitrogen, hydrogen, methane, and hydrogen
sulfide. The proportions vary, but the highest percentage of the gas mixture
is always nitrogen.

Effects
2-122. The absolute volume or location of the gas may cause gastrointestinal
pain at high altitude. Sensitivity or irritability of the intestine, however, is a
more important cause of gastrointestinal pain. Therefore, an individual’s
response to high altitude varies, depending on such factors as fatigue,
apprehension, emotion, and general physical condition. Gas pains of even
moderate severity may produce marked lowering of blood pressure and loss of
consciousness if distension is not relieved. For this reason, any individual
experiencing gas pains at altitude should be watched for pallor or other signs
of fainting. If these signs are noted, an immediate descent should be made.

Prevention
2-123. Aircrews should maintain good eating habits to prevent gas pains at
high altitudes. Some foods that commonly produce gas are onions, cabbages,
raw apples, radishes, dried beans, cucumbers, and melons. Crew members
who participate regularly in high-altitude flights should avoid foods that
disagree with them. Chewing the food well is also important. When people
drink liquids or chew gum, they unavoidably swallow air. Therefore, crew
members should avoid drinking large quantities of liquids, particularly
carbonated beverages, before high-altitude missions and chewing gum during
ascent. Eating irregularly, hastily, or while working makes individuals more
susceptible to gas pains. Crew members who fly frequent, long, and difficult
high-altitude missions should be given special consideration in diet and in the
environment in which they eat. They should watch their diet, chew food well,
and keep regular bowel habits.

Relief
2-124. If trapped-gas problems exist in the gastrointestinal tract at high
altitude, belching or passing flatus will ordinarily relieve the gas pains. If
pain persists, descent to a lower altitude is necessary.

TRAPPED-GAS DISORDERS OF THE EARS

2-125. The ear is not only an organ of hearing but also one of regulating
equilibrium. When ascending to altitude, aircrew members often experience
physiological discomfort during changes in atmospheric pressure. As
barometric pressure decreases during ascent, the expanding air in the middle
ear (Figure 2-18) is intermittently released through the eustachian tube
(slender tube between the middle ear and the pharynx) into the nasal
passages. As the inside pressure increases, the eardrum bulges until an
excess pressure of about 12 to 15 mm/Hg is reached. At this time, the air
trapped in the middle ear is forced out of the middle ear and the eardrum
resumes its normal position. Just before the air escapes into the eustachian
tube, there is a sensation of fullness in the ear. As the pressure is released,
there is often a click or pop.

2-28
 Chapter 2

Figure 2-18. Anatomy of the Ear

Cause
2-126. During flight. During descent, the change in pressure within the ear
may not occur automatically. Equalizing the pressure in the middle ear with
that of the outside air may be difficult. The eustachian tube allows air to pass
outward easily but resists passage in the opposite direction. With the increase
in barometric pressure during descent, the pressure of the external air is
higher than the pressure in the middle ear and the eardrum is pushed in
(Figure 2-19). If the pressure differential increases appreciably, it may be
impossible to open the eustachian tube. This painful condition could cause the
eardrum to rupture because the eustachian tube cannot equalize the
pressure. When the ears cannot be cleared, marked pain ensues. If the pain
increases with further descent, ascending to a level at which the pressure can
be equalized provides the only relief. Then a slow descent is recommended.
Descending rapidly from a level of 30,000 to 20,000 feet will often cause no
discomfort; a rapid descent from 15,000 to 5,000 feet, however, will cause
great distress. The change in barometric pressure is much greater in the
latter situation. For this reason, special care is necessary during rapid
descents at low altitudes.

Figure 2-19. Pressure Effect on the Middle Ear During Descent

2-29
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

2-127. After Flight. Crew members who have breathed pure oxygen during
an entire flight sometimes develop delayed ear block several hours after
landing, although their ears were cleared adequately during descent. Delayed
ear blocks are caused by saturation of the middle ear with oxygen. After crew
members return to breathing ambient air, the tissue gradually reabsorbs the
oxygen present in the middle ear. When a sufficient amount is absorbed, the
pressure in the ear becomes less than that on the outside of the eardrum. Ear
pain may awaken crew members after they have gone to sleep, or they may
notice it when they awake the following morning. Usually this condition is
mild and can be relieved by performing the Valsalva maneuver explained in
paragraph 2-130 below.

Complications From Preexisting Physical Conditions

2-128. Respiratory Infections. Crew members often complain of discomfort
in the ears caused by inability to ventilate the middle ear adequately. Such
inability occurs most frequently when the eustachian tube or its opening is
swollen shut as the result of inflammation or infection coincidental with a
head cold, sore throat, infection of the middle ear, sinusitis, or tonsillitis. In
such cases, forceful opening of the tube may cause a disease-carrying
infection to enter the middle ear along with the air. Therefore, crew members
who have colds and sore throats should not fly. If flight is essential, slow
descents will equalize pressure more easily.
2-129. Temporal Bone and Jaw Problems. Although upper respiratory
infections are the main causes of narrowing of the eustachian tube, there are
other causes. Crew members with malposition of the temporomandibular
joint (temporal bone and jaw) may have ear pain and difficulty both in
ventilating the middle ear and in hearing. In these cases, movement of the
jaw (or yawning) relaxes surrounding soft tissues and clears the opening of
the eustachian tube.

Prevention and Treatment

2-130. During Flight. Normally, crew members can equalize pressure
during descent by swallowing or yawning or by tensing the muscles of the
throat. If these methods do not work, they can perform the Valsalva
maneuver. To do this, they close the mouth, pinch the nose shut, and blow
sharply. This maneuver forces air through the previously closed eustachian
tube in the cavity of the middle ear; pressure will equalize. With repeated
practice in rapidly clearing the ears, crew members can more easily tolerate
increased rates of descent.
Note: To avoid overpressurization of the middle ear, crew members should
never attempt a Valsalva maneuver during ascent.
2-131. After Flight. If middle-ear and ambient pressures have not equalized
after landing and the condition persists, aviation personnel should consult a
flight surgeon because barotitis media can occur. This is an acute or chronic
traumatic inflammation of the middle ear caused by a difference of pressure
on opposite sides of the eardrum. It is characterized by congestion,
inflammation, discomfort, and pain in the middle ear and may be followed by
temporarily or permanently impaired hearing, usually the former.

2-30
 Chapter 2

TRAPPED-GAS DISORDERS OF THE SINUSES

2-132. Like the middle ear, sinuses can also trap gas during flight. The
sinuses (Figure 2-20) are air-filled, relatively rigid, bony cavities lined with
mucous membranes. They connect with the nose by means of one or more
small openings. The two frontal sinuses are within the bones of the forehead;
the two maxillary sinuses are within the cheekbones; and the two ethmoid
sinuses are within the bones of the nose.

Figure 2-20. Sinus Cavities

Cause
2-133. If the openings into the sinuses are normal, air passes into and out of
these cavities without difficulty and pressure equalizes during ascent or
descent. Swelling of the mucous membrane lining, caused by an infection or
allergic condition, may obstruct the sinus openings. Viscous secretions that
coat tissue may also cover the openings. These conditions may make it
impossible to equalize the pressure. Change of altitude produces a pressure
differential between the inside and the outside of the cavity, sometimes
causing severe pain. Unlike the ears, ascent and descent almost equally affect
the sinuses. If the frontal sinuses are involved, the pain extends over the
forehead above the bridge of the nose. If the maxillary sinuses are affected,
the pain is on either side of the nose in the region of the cheekbones.
Maxillary sinusitis may produce pain in the teeth of the upper jaw; the pain
may be mistaken for toothache.

Prevention
2-134. As with middle-ear problems, sinus problems are usually preventable.
Aircrew members should avoid flying when they have a cold or congestion.
During descent, they can perform the Valsalva maneuver often. The opening
to a sinus cavity is quite small, compared to the Eustachian tube; unless the
pressure is equalized, extreme pain will result. If crew members notice any
pain in a sinus on ascent, they should avoid any further increase in altitude.

2-31
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

Treatment
2-135. If a sinus block occurs during descent, aircrews should avoid further
descent. They should attempt a forceful Valsalva maneuver. If this maneuver
does not clear the sinuses, they should ascend to a higher altitude. This
ascent will ventilate the sinuses. They can also perform the normal Valsalva
maneuver during slow descent to the ground. If the aircraft is equipped with
pressure-breathing equipment, they can use oxygen, under positive pressure,
to ventilate the sinuses. If the pressure does not equalize after landing, crew
members should consult the flight surgeon.

TRAPPED-GAS DISORDERS OF THE TEETH

2-136. Changes in barometric pressure cause toothache, or barodontalgia.
This is a significant but correctable indisposition. The toothache usually
results from an existing dental problem. The onset of toothache generally
occurs from 5,000 to 15,000 feet. In a given individual, the altitude at which
the pain occurs shows a remarkable constancy. The pain may or may not
become more severe as altitude increases. Descent almost invariably brings
relief; the toothache often disappears at the same altitude at which it first
occurred.

EVOLVED-GAS DISORDERS
2-137. Evolved-gas disorders occur in flight when atmospheric pressure is
reduced as a result of an increase in altitude. Gases dissolved in body fluids
at sea-level pressure are released from solution and enter the gaseous state
as bubbles when ambient pressure is lowered (Henry’s Law). This will cause
varied skin and muscle symptoms, which are sometimes followed by
neurological symptoms. Evolved-gas disorders are also known as
decompression sickness.

HENRY’S LAW
2-138. The amount of gas dissolved in a solution is directly proportional to
the pressure of the gas over the solution. Henry’s Law is similar to the
example of gases being held under pressure in a soda bottle (Figure 2-21).
When the cap is removed, the liquid inside is subject to a pressure less than
that required to hold the gases in solution; therefore, gases escape in the form
of bubbles. Nitrogen in the blood is affected by pressure changed in this same
manner.
2-139. Inert gases in body tissues (principally nitrogen) are in equilibrium
with the partial pressures of the same gases in the atmosphere. When
barometric pressure decreases, the partial pressures of atmospheric gases
decrease proportionally. This decrease in pressure leaves the tissues
temporarily supersaturated. Responding to the supersaturation, the body
attempts to establish a new equilibrium by transporting the excess gas
volume in the venous blood to the lungs.

2-32
 Chapter 2

Figure 2-21. Henry’s Law

CAUSE
2-140. The cause of the various symptoms of decompression sickness is not
fully understood. This sickness can be attributed to the nitrogen saturation of
the body. This is related, in turn, to the inefficient removal and transport of
the expanded nitrogen gas volume from the tissues to the lungs. Diffusion to
the outside atmosphere would normally take place here.
2-141. Tissues and fluid of the body contain from 1 to 1.5 liters of dissolved
nitrogen, depending on the pressure of nitrogen in the surrounding air. As
altitude increases, the partial pressure of atmospheric nitrogen decreases and
nitrogen leaves the body to reestablish equilibrium. If the change is rapid,
recovery of equilibrium lags, leaving the body supersaturated. The excess
nitrogen diffuses into the capillaries in solution and is carried by the venous
blood for elimination. With rapid ascent to altitudes of 30,000 feet or more,
nitrogen tends to form bubbles in the tissues and in the blood. In addition to
nitrogen, the bubbles contain small quantities of carbon dioxide, oxygen, and
water vapor. Additionally, fat dissolves five or six times more nitrogen than
blood. Thus, tissues having the highest fat content are more likely to form
bubbles.

INFLUENTIAL FACTORS
2-142. Evolved-gas disorders do not happen to everyone who flies. The
following factors tend to increase the chance of evolved-gas problems.

Rate of Ascent, Level of Altitude, and Duration of Exposure

2-143. In general, the more rapid the ascent, the greater the chance that
evolved-gas disorders will occur; the body does not have time to adapt to the
pressure changes. At altitudes below 25,000 feet, symptoms are less likely to
occur; above 25,000 feet, they are more likely to occur. The longer the
exposure, especially above 20,000 feet, the more likely that evolved-gas
disorders will occur.

2-33
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

Age and Body Fat

2-144. An increase in the incidence of decompression sickness occurs with
increasing age, with a three-fold increase in incidence between the 19- to 25-
year old and the 40- to 45-year old age groups. The reason for this increase is
not understood but may result form the changes in circulation caused by
aging. No scientific validation exists to support any link between obesity and
the incidence of decompression sickness.

Physical Activity
2-145. Physical exertion during flight significantly lowers the altitude at
which evolved-gas disorders occur. Exercise also shortens the amount of time
that normally passes before symptoms occur.

Frequency of Exposure
2-146. Types of Evolved-Gas Disorders. Frequency of exposure tends to
increase the risk of evolved-gas disorders. The more often that individuals are
exposed to altitudes above 18,000 feet (without pressurization), the more that
they are predisposed to evolved-gas disorders.
2-147. Bends. At the onset of bends, pain in the joints and related tissues
may be mild. The pain, however, can become deep, gnawing, penetrating, and
eventually, intolerable. The pain tends to be progressive and becomes worse if
ascent is continued. Severe pain can cause loss of muscular power of the
extremity involved and, if allowed to continue, may result in bodily collapse.
The pain sensation may diffuse from the joint over the entire area of the arm
or leg. In some instances, it arises initially in muscle or bone rather than in a
joint. The larger joints, such as the knee or shoulder, are most frequently
affected. The hands, wrists, and ankles are also commonly involved. In
successive exposures, pain tends to recur in the same location. It may also
occur in several joints at the same time and worsens with movement and
weight bearing. Coarse tremors of the fingers are often noted when the bends
occur in joints of the arm.
2-148. Chokes. Symptoms occurring in the thorax are probably caused, in
part, by innumerable small bubbles that block the smaller pulmonary vessels.
At first, a burning sensation is noted under the sternum. As the condition
progresses, the pain becomes stabbing and inhalation is markedly deeper.
The sensation in the chest is similar to one that an individual experiences
after completing a 100-yard dash. Short breaths are necessary to avoid
distress. There is an almost uncontrollable desire to cough, but the cough is
ineffective and nonproductive. Finally, there is a sensation of suffocation;
breathing becomes more shallow, and the skin turns bluish. When symptoms
of chokes occur, immediate descent is imperative. If allowed to progress, the
condition leads to collapse and unconsciousness. Fatigue, weakness, and
soreness in the chest may persist for several hours after the aircraft lands.
2-149. Paresthesia. Tingling, itching, cold, and warm sensations are
believed to be caused by bubbles formed either locally or in the CNS where
they involve nerve tracts leading to the affected areas in the skin. Cold and
warm sensations of the eyes and eyelids, as well as occasional itching and
gritty sensations, are sometimes noted. A mottled red rash may appear on the

2-34
 Chapter 2

skin. More rarely, a welt may appear, accompanied by a burning sensation.

Bubbles may develop just under the skin, causing localized swelling. Where
there is excess fat beneath the skin in the affected region, soreness
accompanied by an abnormal accumulation of fluid may be present for one or
two days.
2-150. Central Nervous System Disorders. In rare cases when aircrews
are exposed to high altitude, symptoms may indicate that the brain or the
spinal cord is affected by nitrogen-bubble formation. The most common
symptoms are visual disturbances such as the perception of lights as flashing
or flickering when they are actually steady. Other symptoms may be a
dull-to-severe headache, partial paralysis, the inability to hear or speak, and
the loss of orientation. Paresthesia or one-sided numbness and tingling may
also occur. Hypoxia and hyperventilation may cause similar numbness and
tingling; however, these are bilateral—they occur in both arms, legs, or sides.
CNS disorders are considered a medical emergency; if they occur at high
altitude, immediate descent and hospitalization are indicated.

PREVENTION
2-151. In high-altitude flight and during hypobaric-chamber operations,
aircrews can be protected against decompression sickness. Protective
measures include—
• Denitrogenation.
• Cabin pressurization.
• Limitation of time at high altitude.
• Aircrew restrictions.

Denitrogenation
2-152. Aircrews are required to breathe 100 percent oxygen for 30 minutes
before takeoff for flights above 18,000 feet. Denitrogenation rids the body of
excess nitrogen. This dumping of nitrogen from the body takes place because
no nitrogen is coming in via the oxygen mask under 100 percent oxygen. The
amount of nitrogen lost depends strictly on time. Within the first 30 minutes
of denitrogenation (Figure 2-22), the body loses about 30 percent of its
nitrogen.

Cabin Pressurization
2-153. The pressurized aircraft cabin is usually maintained at a pressure
equivalent to an altitude of 10,000 feet or below. This pressure lessens the
possibility of nitrogen-bubble formation.

Limitation of Time at High Altitude

2-154. The longer one stays at high altitude, the more nitrogen bubbles will
form. Extended, unpressurized flight above 20,000 feet should be minimized.

Aircrew Restrictions
2-155. AR 40-8 restricts crew members from flying for 24 hours after scuba
diving. During scuba diving, excessive nitrogen uptake by the body occurs

2-35
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

while using compressed air. Flying at 8,000 feet within 24 hours after scuba
diving at 30 feet subjects an individual to the same factors that a nondiver
faces when flying unpressurized at 40,000 feet: nitrogen bubbles form.

Figure 2-22. Nitrogen Elimination

TREATMENT
2-156. When symptoms and signs of evolved-gas disorders appear, aircrews
should take the following corrective actions:
• Descend to ground level immediately.
• Place the affected individual on 100 percent oxygen to eliminate any
additional nitrogen uptake and to remove excessive nitrogen from the
system.
• Immobilize the affected area to prevent further movement of nitrogen
bubbles in the circulatory system.
• Report to the flight surgeon or to the best medical assistance available.
• Undergo compression therapy in a hyperbaric chamber if symptoms
persist and when prescribed by a flight surgeon.

DELAYED ONSET OF DECOMPRESSION SICKNESS

2-157. The onset of decompression sickness can occur as long as 48 hours
after exposure to altitudes above 18,000 feet. This delayed onset may occur
even if no signs/symptoms were evident during the flight.

2-36
 Chapter 3

Stress and Fatigue in Flying Operations

Stress and fatigue in flight operations adversely affect mission execution
and aviation safety. Consequently, aircrew members must be familiar
with the effects of stress and fatigue on the body and how their behavior
and lifestyles may reduce or, alternatively, increase the amount of stress
and fatigue that they experience. This chapter reviews aviation stressors
and their effects on aircrew-member performance, presents several
strategies for coping with stress, and concludes with a discussion of
fatigue and its prevention and treatment.

STRESS DEFINED
3-1. Stress is the nonspecific response of the body to any demand placed
upon it. About 1926, an Austrian physician, Hans Selye (an endocrinologist),
identified what he believed was a consistent pattern of mind-body reactions
that he called “the nonspecific response of the body to any demand.” He later
referred to this pattern as the “rate of wear and tear on the body.” In search
of a term that best described these concepts, he turned to the physical
sciences and borrowed the term “stress.”
3-2. Selye’s definition is necessarily broad because the notion of stress
involves a wide range of human experiences. However, it incorporates two
very important basic points: stress is a physiological phenomenon involving
actual changes in the body’s chemistry and function, and stress involves some
perceived or actual demand for action. The definition does not qualify these
demands as either positive or negative because both types of demands may be
stressful. For example, although coming into the zone for promotion to a
higher rank is generally considered a positive, potentially rewarding event,
the ambiguity and uncertainty of the process are stressful.

IDENTIFYING STRESSORS
3-3. A stressor is any stimulus or event that requires an individual to adjust
or adapt in some way—emotionally, physiologically, or behaviorally. Stressors
may be psychosocial, environmental, physiological, and cognitive. Before
devising an effective stress-management plan, the individual needs to
identify the significant stressors in his or her life. The remainder of this
section reviews stressors that aircrew members typically encounter.

PSYCHOSOCIAL STRESSORS
3-4. Psychosocial stressors are life events. These stressors may trigger
adaptation or change in one’s lifestyle, career, and/or interaction with others.

3-1
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

Job Stress
3-5. Work responsibilities can be a significant source of stress for aircrew
members. Regardless of job assignment, carrying out assigned duties often
produces stress. Conflict in the workplace, low morale and unit cohesion,
boredom, fatigue, overtasking, and poorly defined responsibilities are all
potentially debilitating job stressors.
3-6. Aircrew members who lack confidence in their ability or who have
problems communicating and cooperating with others experience
considerable stress.
3-7. Faulty aircraft maintenance also imposes stress on the aviator. Flight
crews may not trust those who service their aircraft to perform proper
maintenance. As a result, crew members may experience anxiety during
flight operations that adversely affects the cohesion and morale of the
aviation unit.

Illness
3-8. Although the aviation population undergoes frequent and thorough
medical examination, organic disease can occur and should be considered a
source of stress. In addition, fatigue is a common symptom of many diseases.

Family Issues
3-9. Although the family can be a source of emotional strength for crew
members, it can also cause stress. Family commitments may adversely affect
performance, particularly when duty assignments separate crew members
from their families. The crew member’s concern for family may become a
distraction during flight operations or increase fatigue or irritability. The
potential dangers of flight operations also act as a stressor on families and
may cause tension in spousal relationships. This is particularly the case for
the families of new, inexperienced personnel.

ENVIRONMENTAL STRESSORS

Altitude
3-10. The stress caused by altitude is most evident at altitudes below 5,000
feet. This is where the greatest atmospheric changes occur and aircrew
members are subject to problems resulting from trapped gas. Even a common
cold can cause ear and sinus problems during descent. Because flights seldom
exceed an altitude of 18,000 feet, hypoxia and evolved-gas problems, such as
the bends, are not significant sources of stress for most Army aviators.
Chapter 2 covers the effects of evolved gas, trapped gas, and hypoxia in more
detail.

Speed
3-11. Flight is usually associated with speeds greater than those experienced
in an everyday, earthbound environment. These speeds are stressful because
they require a high degree of alertness and concentration over prolonged
periods.

3-2
 Chapter 3

Hot or Cold Environments

3-12. Extreme heat or cold causes stress in the aviation environment. Heat
problems may be due to hot, tropic-like climates or to direct sunlight entering
through large canopies. Cold problems, on the other hand, may be due to
altitude or arctic climates. To lessen temperature stress, crew members need
to gradually adapt to the extremes and use proper clothing and equipment.

Aircraft Design
3-13. Human factors engineering items—such as cockpit illumination,
instrument location, accessibility of switches and controls, and seat comfort—
significantly affect aviator performance. Other influential human factors are
the adequacy of heating and ventilating systems, visibility, and noise level.
When such items are inadequate or uncomfortable, aircrew members will
experience increased stress, which may divert their attention from
performing operational duties.

Airframe Characteristics
3-14. The handling and flight characteristics of the airframe are potential
stress factors. For example, fixed-wing aircraft have innate stability so that,
when trimmed, they can be flown relatively well with minimal pilot attention.
Rotary-wing aircraft, however, require constant pilot attention to maintain
stability.

Instrument Flight Conditions

3-15. Poor weather resulting in instrument flight conditions imposes
significant stress and increases the fatigue of aircrews. Awareness of a
greater potential for physical danger and the need for increased vigilance and
accuracy in reading, following, and monitoring flight instruments are very
stressful. There is a high correlation between adverse weather and accident
rates.
3-16. The stress of night flying is similar to the stress of flying in poor
weather. Aviators lose their usual visual references and must rely on flight
instruments.

PHYSIOLOGICAL (SELF-IMPOSED) STRESSORS

3-17. Although aircrew members often have limited control over many
aspects of aviation-related stress, they can exert significant control over
self-imposed stress. Many aircrew members engage in maladaptive behaviors
that are potentially debilitating and threaten aviation safety. This category
can be remembered using the acronym DEATH, which stands for drugs,
exhaustion, alcohol, tobacco, and hypoglycemia (Figure 3-1).

3-3
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

Figure 3-1. DEATH

Drugs
3-18. Self Medication. Commercial advertising continually encourages the
purchase of nonprescription, over-the-counter medications for a range of
minor ailments. The primary purpose of such medications is to cure a medical
problem or control symptoms of the problem. According to Army regulation,
aircrew members must keep the flight surgeon informed of any significant
changes in their physical health. Furthermore, most drugs, whether
prescribed or over the counter, have unwanted side effects that may vary
from person to person. In general, no aircrew member taking medication is fit
to fly unless a flight surgeon has specifically cleared the crew member to fly.
3-19. Predictable Side Effects. These effects accompany the use of a drug
and are incidental to its desired effect. Table 3-1 includes examples of
common over-the-counter drugs and their known side effects. These side
effects highlight the need for crew members to be aware of known potential
problems with drugs. Although crew members may not experience all of the
listed side effects, they should know that these might occur.
3-20. Overdose Problems. Drugs are to be taken in a given amount over a
specified time. The reasoning that “if one pill is good for me, two will be even
better” is invalid.
3-21. Allergic Reactions and Idiosyncrasies. Some individuals may
experience an exaggerated or pathological reaction to a medicine. An example
is an allergic reaction to penicillin.
3-22. Synergistic Effects. This term refers to undesired effects resulting
from the combination of two or more drugs or from a stressful situation
experienced while taking a prescribed drug.

3-4
 Chapter 3

Table 3-1. Possible Side Effects of Commonly Used Drugs

Substance Generic Or Treatment Possible Side Effects

Brand Name For
Alcohol Beer Impaired judgment and perception
Liquor Impaired coordination and motor control
Wine Reduced reaction time
Impaired sensory perception
Reduced intellectual functions
Reduced tolerance to G-forces
Inner-ear disturbance and spatial disorientation
(up to 48 hours)
Central nervous system depression
Nicotine Cigars Sinus and respiratory system infection and
Cigarettes irritation
Pipe tobacco Impaired night vision
Chewing Hypertension
tobacco Carbon monoxide poisoning (from smoking)
Snuff
Amphetamines Ritalin Obesity (diet Prolonged wakefulness
Obetrol pills) Nervousness
Eskatrol Tiredness Impaired vision
Suppressed appetite
Shakiness
Excessive sweating
Rapid heart rate
Sleep disturbance
Seriously impaired judgment
Caffeine Coffee Impaired judgment
Tea Reduced reaction time
Chocolate Sleep disturbance
No-Doz Increased motor activity and tremors
Hypertension
Irregular heart rate
Rapid heart rate
Body dehydration (through increased urine
output)
Headaches
Antacid Alka-2 Stomach acids Liberation of carbon dioxide at altitude
Di-Gel (distension may cause acute abdominal pain
Maalox and may mask other medical problems)
Antihistamines Coricidin Allergies Drowsiness and dizziness (sometimes
Contac Colds recurring)
Dristan Visual disturbances (when medications also
Dimetapp contain antispasmodic drugs)
Ornade
Chlor-Trimeton
Aspirin Bayer Headaches Irregular body temperature
Bufferin Fevers Variation in rate and depth of respiration
Alka-Seltzer Aches Hypoxia and hyperventilation (two aspirin can
Pains contribute to)
Nausea, ringing in ears, deafness, diarrhea,
and hallucinations when taken in excessive
dosages
Corrosive action on the stomach lining
Gastrointestinal problems
Decreased clotting ability of the blood (clotting
ability could be the difference between life
and death in a survival situation)

3-5
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

Caffeine
3-23. Caffeine is commonly ingested by many people. However, it is a drug
with potentially negative effects on flight operations if not used properly and
in moderation. Many beverages and foods—such as tea, chocolate, and most
cola-type drinks—contain caffeine. Table 3-2 shows the varying amounts of
caffeine in these products.

Table 3-2. Caffeine Content of Common Beverages, Foods, and Over-the-Counter Drugs

Product Amount Caffeine Content

(mg)
Coffee
Drip 5 oz 146
Perked 5 oz 110
Instant 5 oz 66
Decaffeinated 5 oz 3
Tea
Five-minute brew 5 oz 46
One-minute brew 5 oz 28
Cola-Type and Pepper-Type Drinks
Coca-Cola 12 oz 65
Dr. Pepper 12 oz 61
Tab 12 oz 50
Pepsi-Cola 12 oz 43
RC Cola 12 oz 38
Chocolate and Cocoa
Sweet chocolate bar 1 oz 25
Cocoa 5 oz 13
Over-the-Counter Drugs
No Doz 1 tablet 200
Dexatrim 1 tablet 200
Excedrin 1 tablet 130
Midol 1 tablet 65
Anacin 1 tablet 64
Dristan 1 tablet 32

3-24. Caffeine is a central nervous system stimulant that counteracts and

delays drowsiness and fatigue. Although it increases alertness, the side
effects of caffeine may degrade an aircrew member’s performance. Caffeine
can elevate blood pressure, impair hand-eye coordination and timing, and
cause nervousness or irritability. Some people may experience adverse effects
when ingesting only 150 to 200 milligrams of caffeine (the equivalent of one
or two cups of coffee or several cups of tea). Caffeine is also addictive, and
continued use builds tolerance. Over time, people must ingest increasing
amounts of caffeine to obtain the same physiological and behavioral effects.

3-6
 Chapter 3

Exhaustion
3-25. Lack of Rest and Sleep. Aircrew members require adequate rest and
sleep to ensure optimal flight performance. Sleep problems are especially
likely during deployments, when the sleep environment may be hot, cold, or
noisy. Changes of time zones can also affect sleeping patterns. Crew members
should discuss sleeping difficulties with the flight surgeon; inadequate sleep
is a potential flight-safety hazard. Changing the work routine or improving
the environment may promote sleep and increase operational efficiency.
3-26. Physical conditioning. Exercise stimulates the various body systems
and has well-documented positive effects on mental health. Lack of exercise
impairs circulatory efficiency, reduces endurance, and increases the
likelihood of illness. General toning of the muscles, heart, and lungs is
essential in preparing aircrews for field exercises and survival situations.
Sports that require agility, balance, and endurance are an excellent means of
keeping the body and mind in top form.

Alcohol
3-27. Moderate ingestion of alcohol in the form of liquor, wine, or beer is a
commonly accepted practice that usually causes no problems. In the aviation
environment, however, alcohol can be deadly.
3-28. Ethyl alcohol acts as a depressant and adversely affects normal body
functions. Even a small amount has a detrimental effect on judgment,
perception, reaction time, impulse control, and coordination.
3-29. Alcohol reduces the ability of the brain cells to use oxygen. Each ounce
of alcohol consumed increases the physiological altitude.
3-30. The affects of alcohol on the body and brain depend on three factors:
• The amount of alcohol consumed.
• The rate of absorption from the stomach and small intestine.
• The body’s rate of metabolism (which is relatively constant at about 1
ounce every three hours).
3-31. After drinking alcohol, an aviator should wait at least 12 hours before
beginning flying duties. Side effects of alcohol are dangerous. If side effects
(hangover symptoms) are present, the nonflying period should be extended
beyond 12 hours. Taking cold showers, drinking coffee, or breathing 100
percent oxygen does not speed up the body’s metabolism of alcohol. Only time
will dissipate the effects of alcohol.
3-32. Aircrew members should recognize alcohol as a potential safety hazard
and assess their own risk for developing a problem with alcohol. This
assessment involves examining the frequency and amount of one’s
consumption as well as the reasons for consumption. Alcohol should not be a
stress-coping strategy.
3-33. Some individuals are more likely to develop an alcohol-abuse problem
than are others. For example, people with a family history of alcoholism are
at greater risk for developing an alcohol problem than are those without such
a history.

3-7
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

3-34. The following four questions will help aircrew members determine if
they are misusing or have misused alcohol:
• Have you ever tried to cut back on your alcohol consumption?
• Are you annoyed by comments that people make about your drinking?
• Have you ever felt guilty about your drinking?
• Have you ever had a drink first thing in the morning to get you
started?
3-35. Answering “yes” to two or more of these questions may indicate
inappropriate alcohol use. Crew members should then more closely examine
how frequently, how much, and why they drink alcohol.

Tobacco
3-36. The detrimental effects of tobacco on health are well known. Apart from
the long-term association with lung cancer and coronary heart disease, there
are other important, but less dramatic, effects. For example, chronic irritation
of the lining of the nose and lungs caused by tobacco increases the likelihood
of infection in these areas. This is a significant problem for aviators because it
affects their ability to cope with the effects of pressure changes in the ears
and sinuses. In addition, even a mildly irritating cough causes distress when
oxygen equipment is used.
3-37. Although smoking has many long-term effects, such as emphysema and
lung cancer, the aviator should be just as concerned about the acute effect of
carbon monoxide produced by smoking tobacco. Carbon monoxide combines
with hemoglobin to form carboxyhemoglobin. Carbon monoxide attaches to
hemoglobin molecules 200 to 300 times more readily than does oxygen. The
net effect is a degree of hypoxia. Average cigarette smokers have about 8 to
10 percent CoHb in their blood. This percentage adds about 5,000 feet of
physiological altitude. Cigarette smoking also decreases night vision. A
nonsmoking pilot begins to experience decreased night vision at 4,000 to
5,000 feet of altitude because of hypoxia; but a smoking pilot begins at sea
level with a physiological night-vision deficit of 5,000 feet.

Hypoglycemia
3-38. Aviation medicine experts recognize the importance of a nutritious,
well-balanced diet for aircrew members. Nutrition largely depends on
individual behavior. When possible, crew members should consume meals at
regular intervals. Missing meals or substituting a quick snack and coffee for a
balanced meal can induce fatigue and inefficiency. The body requires periodic
refueling to function. Normal, regular eating habits are important. Because of
mission requirements, aircrew members often disrupt their regular eating
habits and skip meals. This disruption can lead to hypoglycemia.
3-39. The liver has a store of energy. This energy is stored in the form of
glycogen, a blood sugar. The liver can readily convert this stored form of
sugar into glucose that is released to the body to maintain the body’s
blood-sugar level. Unless food is consumed at regular intervals, the stored
glycogen is depleted and a low blood-sugar level, or hypoglycemia, develops.

3-8
 Chapter 3

When the blood-sugar level falls, weakness or fainting occurs and the body’s
efficiency decreases.
3-40. Insulin lowers the blood-sugar level, but at the same time, blood-sugar
is also decreasing through its normal function of fueling the body. These two
actions result in a rapid drop in blood sugar that causes further tiredness and
inefficiency. It is important to maintain a balanced diet of proper foods that
includes proteins, fats, and carbohydrates.
3-41. Aviators must also guard against obesity because of its detrimental
effects on general health and performance. Inactivity and boredom during
standby duty and long flights can easily lead to overeating. Therefore, it is
wise to weigh oneself regularly and adjust the diet to maintain desired
weight. This is easier and safer than repeated dieting. In addition, crew
members should consult a flight surgeon before beginning a weight-loss
dieting regimen. Diet pills are not authorized while on flight status.

COGNITIVE STRESSORS
3-42. How one perceives a given situation or problem is a potentially
significant and frequently overlooked source of stress. Pessimism, obsession,
failure to focus on the present, and/or low self-confidence can create a
self-fulfilling prophecy that will ensure a negative outcome. Below are some
typical problems that crew members may encounter in thinking that can
increase overall stress.

“Musts and Shoulds”

3-43. Albert Ellis, a renowned clinical psychologist, observed that stress
results when individuals believe that things must go their way or should
conform to their own needs and desires or they cannot function. This lack of
flexibility in thinking causes problems when reality does not accommodate
one’s wishes. Failure to accept the possibility that things may happen
contrary to one’s wishes leaves one unprepared, frustrated, and
dysfunctional.

Choice or No Choice
3-44. Healthy individuals believe that there are choices in life. Although
certain consequences may make some choices unpalatable, they are choices
nonetheless. Experiencing oneself as actively making choices increases one’s
sense of personal control and decreases stress. Unhappy, unhealthy, and
overly stressed individuals often fail to see that they have choices. These
people see the world as the cause of their problems.

Failure to Focus on the Here and Now

3-45. Living in the past or the future and overemphasizing what should have
been or what could be can increase one’s overall stress. Although there is
utility in both learning from the past and planning for the future,
overengaging in either of these activities can cause people to fail at tasks and
miss opportunities in the present.

3-9
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

THE STRESS RESPONSE

3-46. Stress affects individuals in a variety of ways. These effects may include
emotional, behavioral, cognitive (thoughts), and physical responses.

EMOTIONAL RESPONSES
3-47. Emotional responses to stress may range from increased anxiety,
irritability, or hostility to depressed mood, loss of self-esteem, hopelessness,
and an inability to enjoy life. If emotional responses are severe and interfere
significantly with social or occupational functioning, crew members should
consult the flight surgeon. Aviators and other aviation personnel often shy
away from seeking help for emotional problems, but it is important to
recognize that stress can become overwhelming at times and present a
serious threat to aviation safety.

BEHAVIORAL RESPONSES
3-48. High stress can adversely affect one’s work performance, decrease
motivation, and increase the likelihood of conflict, insubordination, and
violence in the workplace. Some individuals may become socially isolated.
Others may abuse drugs or alcohol as an ineffective stress-coping strategy.
Suicidal thoughts and intent may also occur in individuals under high stress.
The following are danger signals for suicide risk:
• Talking or hinting about suicide.
• Having a specific plan to commit suicide and the means to accomplish
it.
• Obsession with death.
• Giving away possessions or making a will.
• A history of prior suicide attempts.
• Multiple, recent life stressors.
• Alcohol consumption, which increases the risk of following through on
suicidal thoughts.
3-49. Crew members should always take these danger signals seriously.
Individuals exhibiting some or all of these signals should be approached
supportively and referred to a mental-health provider for evaluation. The
flight surgeon should be contacted to make an appropriate referral to a
mental-health provider.

COGNITIVE RESPONSES
3-50. Stress can significantly affect one’s thought processes. It can decrease
attention and concentration, interfere with judgment and problem solving,
and impair memory. Stress can cause aviators to commit thinking errors and
to take mental shortcuts that could be potentially fatal.

The Simplification Heuristic

3-51. Under high-stress conditions, people tend to oversimplify problem
solving and ignore important relevant information, taking the easy way out.

3-10
 Chapter 3

For example, an aviator experiencing high stress before going into combat
may, in haste, fail to follow all of the steps of the preflight inspection.

Stress-Related Regression
3-52. Many individuals under high-stress conditions will forget learned
procedures and skills and revert to bad habits. For example, a student aviator
preparing for takeoff may forget to turn on the fuel switch and then, realizing
the problem and feeling stressed and embarrassed, turn the switch on and
risk overheating the engine. This action is clearly contrary to his training and
represents a kind of regression or failure to use prior learning.

Perceptual Tunneling
3-53. This is a phenomenon in which an individual or an entire crew under
high stress becomes focused on one stimulus, like a flashing warning signal,
and neglects to attend to other important tasks/information such as flying the
aircraft. A similar situation may occur when an aviator realizes during flight
that he or she overlooked some aspect of flight such as missing a radio
communication. The stressed aviator may then overattend to rectifying this
problem/become emotionally and mentally fixated on the error and fall
“behind the aircraft,” missing new information and further compromising the
mission.

PHYSICAL RESPONSES
3-54. The immediate physical response to a stressful situation involves
overall heightened arousal of the body. The response may include increased
heart rate, increased blood pressure, more rapid breathing, tensing of the
muscles, and the release of sugars and fats into circulation to provide fuel for
“fight or flight.”
3-55. Prolonged stress and its continuous effects on the body may produce
longer-term physical symptoms such as muscle tension and pain, headaches,
high blood pressure, gastrointestinal problems, and decreased immunity to
infectious diseases.

STRESS UNDERLOAD
3-56. Having too little stress in one’s life may be as dysfunctional as having
too much stress. A lack of challenges can lead to complacency, boredom, and
impulsive risk taking. Individuals should strive to balance the stress in their
lives to be optimally challenged without overwhelming their coping resources.
The effects of stress underload are of particular concern in peacekeeping
operations. In such operations, soldiers will often have a considerable amount
of unstructured time and work tasks can become routine and monotonous.
Thus, leaders need to minimize unstructured time as much as possible, using
it, instead, as an opportunity for skills training, cross-training, and physical
training and other activities that challenge and develop subordinates.

STRESS AND PERFORMANCE

3-57. The relationship between stress and performance depends on a variety
of factors. These factors will be discussed in the following paragraphs.

3-11
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

MENTAL SKILLS REQUIRED BY THE TASK OR SITUATION

3-58. The degree to which a given task or situation requires specific cognitive
skills—such as attention, concentration, memory, problem solving, or
visual-spatial orientation—will influence the extent to which stress will
degrade performance. Performance in situations involving simple mental
tasks tends to be less affected by stress than performance in situations that
require more complex cognitive skills. For example, writing a letter under
high stress would probably result in fewer errors than taking a written exam
under high stress.

STRESS CHARACTERISTICS OF THE SITUATION

3-59. The degree to which stress affects performance also depends on the
environment and conditions under which a given task is performed. For
example, taking a stressful, timed problem-solving test in a quiet,
comfortable room is much easier and will result in fewer errors than taking
the same test in a hot, noisy room.

PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE INDIVIDUAL

3-60. Individual differences in strength, endurance, and physical health
greatly influence the extent to which stress affects performance. This is
especially true in aviation operations in which aircrew members must be in
top physical condition to perform in the physically challenging conditions of
continuous operations and combat.

PSYCHOLOGICAL MAKEUP OF THE INDIVIDUAL

3-61. Mental health, much like physical health, serves to moderate the effects
of stress on performance. Individuals with good coping, problem-solving, and
social skills will perform much better under stress than those who are weaker
in these areas.

STRESS MANAGEMENT
3-62. Stress-coping mechanisms are psychological and behavioral strategies
for managing the external and internal demands imposed by stressors.
Coping mechanisms can be characterized according to the following
categories.

AVOIDING STRESSORS
3-63. This is the most powerful coping mechanism. Crew members can avoid
stressors with good planning, foresight, realistic training, good time
management, and effective problem solving. Staying physically fit and eating
right are also effective strategies for avoiding fatigue, illness, and related
stressors. Good crew coordination and communication—including asking
questions, using three-way confirm responses, and briefing lost
communication—also serve to avoid flight stress.

3-12
 Chapter 3

CHANGING YOUR THINKING

3-64. As indicated in the earlier discussion on cognitive stressors, how you
perceive your environment and choose to think about yourself and others
greatly affect your stress level and performance. Crew members may greatly
enhance their stress management and personal effectiveness by—
• Practicing positive self-talk.
• Taking responsibility for their actions.
• Recognizing the choices that they make.
• Avoiding perfectionism and inflexibility in thinking.
• Focusing on the here and now rather than on the past or future.

LEARNING TO RELAX
3-65. Relaxation is incompatible with stress. It is impossible to be relaxed and
anxious at the same time. Learning and regularly practicing relaxation
techniques, breathing exercises, or meditation or regularly engaging in a
quiet hobby greatly reduce stress. Although this recommendation may sound
simplistic, few people actually practice relaxation regularly. Making time to
relax during a busy schedule is perhaps the biggest obstacle to this coping
strategy.

VENTILATING STRESS
3-66. This strategy involves “blowing off steam” in some manner, either
through talking or vigorous exercise. Talking out problems may be
accomplished informally, with friends or family, or professionally, with a
mental-health practitioner or chaplain. Exercise should be a regular part of
everyone’s lifestyle; it is effective in both preventing and coping with stress
problems. Volumes of research have documented the positive benefits of
exercise for both physical and mental health.

FATIGUE
3-67. Fatigue is the state of feeling tired, weary, or sleepy that results from
prolonged mental or physical work, extended periods of anxiety, exposure to
harsh environments, or loss of sleep. Boring or monotonous tasks may
increase fatigue.
3-68. As with many other physiological problems, crew members may not be
aware of fatigue until they make serious errors. Sleep deprivation, disrupted
diurnal cycles, or life-event stress may all produce fatigue and concurrent
performance decrements. The types of fatigue are acute, chronic, and
motivational exhaustion, or burnout.

ACUTE FATIGUE
3-69. Acute fatigue is associated with physical or mental activity between two
regular sleep periods. The loss of both coordination and awareness of errors is
the first type of fatigue to develop. Crew members feel this tiredness, for
example, at night after being awake for 12 to 15 hours in a day. With

3-13
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

adequate rest or sleep, typically after one regular sleep period, the aircrew
member will overcome this fatigue. Acute fatigue is characterized by—
• Inattention.
• Distractibility.
• Errors in timing.
• Neglect of secondary tasks.
• Loss of accuracy and control.
• Lack of awareness of error accumulation.
• Irritability.
Mental deficits like those listed above are apparent to others before the
individual notices any physical signs of fatigue.

CHRONIC FATIGUE
3-70. This much more serious type of fatigue occurs over a longer period and
is typically the result of inadequate recovery from successive periods of acute
fatigue. Besides physical tiredness, mental tiredness also develops. It may
take several weeks of rest to completely eliminate chronic fatigue; and there
may be underlying social causes, such as family or financial difficulties, that
must be addressed before any amount of rest will help the person recover.
The crew member or unit commander must identify chronic fatigue early and
initiate a referral to the flight surgeon for evaluation and treatment. Chronic
fatigue is characterized by some or all of the following characteristics:
• Insomnia.
• Depressed mood.
• Irritability.
• Weight loss.
• Poor judgment.
• Loss of appetite.
• Slowed reaction time.
• Poor motivation and performance on the job.

MOTIVATIONAL EXHAUSTION OR BURNOUT

3-71. If chronic fatigue proceeds untreated for too long, the individual will
eventually “shut down” and cease functioning occupationally and socially.
Motivational exhaustion is also known as burnout.

EFFECTS OF FATIGUE ON PERFORMANCE

REACTION-TIME CHANGES
3-72. Fatigue can result in either increases or decreases in reaction time.
Increases occur because of the general decrease in motivation and
sluggishness that often accompany fatigue. Decreases in reaction time may
also occur, however, when individuals become impulsive and react quickly
and poorly.

3-14
 Chapter 3

REDUCED ATTENTION
3-73. Aircrew members may exhibit the following signs/symptoms of reduced
attention:
• Tendency to overlook or misplace sequential task elements (for
example, forgetting items on preflight checklists).
• Preoccupation with single tasks or elements—for example, paying too
much attention to a bird and forgetting to fly the aircraft (the cause of
many accidents).
• Reduction of audiovisual scan both inside and outside of the cockpit.
• Lack of awareness of poor performance.
DIMINISHED MEMORY
3-74. Aircrew members may be experiencing diminished memory when they
display the following characteristics:
• Short-term memory and processing capacity decrease although
long-term memory tends to be well preserved during fatigue.
Integrating new information and making decisions becomes more
challenging, as does adaptability to change in general.
• Inaccurate recall of operational events (for example, forgetting the
location of the objective rally point).
• Neglect of peripheral tasks (for example, forgetting to check if the
landing gear is down).
• Tendency to revert to old bad habits.
• Decreased ability to integrate new information and analyze and solve
problems.

CHANGES IN MOOD AND SOCIAL INTERACTION

3-75. Fatigued individuals may become irritable and combative. They may
also experience mild depression and withdraw socially.

IMPAIRED COMMUNICATION
3-76. Fatigue impairs one’s ability to both communicate and receive
information. Individuals may leave out important details in the messages
that they send to others. They may also fail to attend completely to
information that they receive, or they may misinterpret the information.
Fatigue can also affect a crew member’s pronunciation, rate of speech, tone,
or volume.

DIURNAL (CIRCADIAN) RHYTHMS AND FATIGUE

3-77. We have an intrinsic biological clock with a cycle of roughly 24 to 25
hours, and many important bodily functions such as core body temperature,
alertness, heart rate, and sleep cycle occur along these diurnal rhythms. In
the typical circadian cycle, performance, alertness, and body temperature—
• Peak between 0800 and 1200 hours.
• Drop off slightly between 1300 and 1500.

3-15
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

• Begin to increase again from 1500 to 2100.

• Drop off again and fall to a minimum circadian trough between 0300
and 0600 hours.
3-78. While the body clock can monitor the passage of time, it differs from
most clocks in that it is flexible and must be set, or synchronized, before it
can accurately predict the timing of events. External synchronizers or
Zeitgebers (a German word that means “time givers”) are—
• Sunrise/sunset.
• Ambient temperature.
• Meals/social cues.

CIRCADIAN DESYNCHRONIZATION (JET LAG)

3-79. Rapid travel from one time zone to another causes the body to
resynchronize its diurnal rhythms to the local geophysical and social time
cues. Until intrinsic rhythms are reset, sleep disorders and fatigue will
prevail. Traveling eastward shortens the day; westward travel lengthens the
day. Consequently, resynchronization occurs much more rapidly when
traveling west. Shift work can have effects similar to crossing time zones
because of the changes in light exposure and activity times.

THE SLEEP CYCLE

3-80. Sleep is not simply being unconscious. It is a life-essential active
process. The sleeping brain cycles between rapid eye movement and
non-REM sleep through five stages. The cycling occurs every 90 minutes. In
eight hours of sleep, one normally attains five to six REM stages.
3-81. The duration and quality of sleep depend on body temperature. People
sleep longer and report a better night’s sleep when they retire near the
temperature trough.
3-82. As indicated above in the section on diurnal rhythms, it is the timing of
sleep, not necessarily the amount of sleep, that is most significant. A sleep
schedule that is inconsistent with one’s circadian rhythm and the light and
social cues of the environment will ultimately result in fatigue. Frequent
changes in one’s sleep schedule may also result in fatigue.
3-83. Sleep efficiency deteriorates with age. Older individuals spend less time
in deep non-REM sleep. Nighttime awakenings and daytime sleepiness
result.

SLEEP REQUIREMENTS
3-84. Individuals cannot accurately determine their own impairment from
sleep loss. During operations in which sleep loss is expected, aircrew
members should closely monitor each other’s behavior for indicators of fatigue
such as those identified in paragraphs 3-73 through 3-77.
3-85. The average person sleeps seven to nine hours per day. Sleep length can
be reduced one to two hours without performance decrement over an

3-16
 Chapter 3

extended period. Once the period ends, however, individuals must return to
their normal sleep length.
3-86. As a rule, five hours of sleep per night are the minimum for continuous
operations (for example, for 14 days). However, some individuals may tolerate
as little as four hours per night for short periods (up to one week).
3-87. Sleep-restriction decisions and crew-endurance planning should
consider—
• Complexity of the job tasks to be performed under conditions of fatigue.
• Potential for loss from errors committed because of fatigue.
• The individual’s tolerance of sleep loss.

PREVENTION OF FATIGUE
3-88. Total prevention of fatigue is impossible, but its effects can be
significantly moderated. The following recommendations should be
considered in any individual- or crew-endurance plan.

CONTROL THE SLEEP ENVIRONMENT

3-89. The sleep environment should be cool, dark, and quiet. It is also best to
avoid working or reading in bed; this may actually contribute to problems in
falling asleep. The bed should be associated only with sleeping and sexual
activity. If you desire to read before going to bed, do this in a chair, preferably
in a room other than your bedroom, and then go to bed.

ADJUST TO SHIFT WORK

3-90. The following measures will help aircrew members adjust to shift work
and prevent circadian desynchronization:
• Maintain a consistent sleep-wake schedule even on days off.
• When on the night shift, avoid exposure to daylight from dawn to 1000.
Wear sunglasses if you cannot go to sleep before the sun rises (as long
as this does not pose a safety hazard). Consider wearing a sleep mask
while sleeping to avoid any exposure to light.
• You may eat a light snack before going to sleep. Do not go to sleep too
full or too hungry.
• Avoid caffeine consumption for six hours before going to sleep.

MAINTAIN GOOD HEALTH AND PHYSICAL FITNESS

3-91. Aircrew members can maintain good physical fitness with regular
strenuous exercise. Elimination of tobacco use also promotes good health and
physical fitness.

PRACTICE GOOD EATING HABITS

3-92. It is important to maintain a balanced diet of proper foods that includes
proteins, fats, and carbohydrates. Failing to give the body the quality fuel
that it needs will contribute to the aircrew member’s fatigue and poor work
performance.

3-17
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

PRACTICE MODERATE, CONTROLLED USE OF ALCOHOL AND CAFFEINE

3-93. Use of alcohol as a sleep aid can interfere with REM sleep and disrupt
sleep patterns. Frequent use of caffeine often contributes to insomnia.

PLAN AND PRACTICE GOOD TIME MANAGEMENT

3-94. Plan and practice good time management to avoid last-minute crises. A
reasonable, realistic work schedule will assist greatly in preventing fatigue.

PRACTICE REALISTIC PLANNING

3-95. Practice realistic planning for total duty and flying hours as outlined in
AR 95-1. Studies have shown that the relative fatigue factor of a flight hour
varies with the type of flight environment that the aviator encounters (for
example, chemical MOPP flight is more fatiguing than day NOE flight).

MAINTAIN OPTIMAL WORKING CONDITIONS

3-96. Particular attention should be devoted to addressing problems
associated with the following factors:
• Glare.
• Vibration.
• Noise levels.
• Poor ventilation.
• Temperature extremes.
• Uncomfortable seating.
• Inadequate oxygen supply.
• Instrument and control location.
• Anthropometry (body measurements).

TAKE NAPS
3-97. When sleep is not available or is shortened by operational concerns,
naps are a viable alternative. In general, longer naps are more beneficial
than short naps, but even naps as short as 10 minutes can increase one’s
energy level. Longer naps (greater than one hour) may result in a period of
sluggishness (sleep inertia) for 5 to 20 minutes after awakening. Therefore,
longer naps are better than shorter naps. Therefore, when deciding how long
to nap, one should consider what work requirements would be present upon
awakening from the nap. The best time to nap is when body temperature is
low (around 0300 and 1300).
Note: If you are having problems sleeping during your normal sleep period,
do not take naps during the rest of the day because napping may delay sleep
onset during your regular sleep period.

TREATMENT OF FATIGUE
3-98. The most important action for treating fatigue is to get rest and natural
(not drug-induced) sleep. Alcohol is the number-one sleep aid in the United

3-18
 Chapter 3

States, but it suppresses REM sleep, as mentioned above. Correcting bad

sleep habits is one type of treatment for fatigue.
3-100. If you find yourself lying awake in bed for more than 30 minutes, get
out of bed and read a boring book or listen to some relaxing music until you
are ready to fall asleep. Lying in bed awake can produce a mental association
between being in bed and anxiety/wakefulness, which will promote insomnia.
If you return to bed and remain awake for more than 30 minutes, get up
again. Continue to do this as much as needed during the night. Eventually,
fatigue will take over and you will sleep.
3-101. When attempting to recover from 24 to 48 hours of sleep deprivation,
do not sleep longer than 10 hours. Sleeping for too long may further disrupt
the sleep-wake schedule and cause sluggishness during the day.
3-102. There are other measures that can be taken to prevent or treat
fatigue:
• Modify the workplace to promote rest and prevent any further fatigue.
• Rotate duties to avoid boredom, or change duties.
• Pace yourself, and avoid heavily task-loaded activities, those requiring
short-term memory, or those demanding prolonged or intense mental
activity.
• Limit work periods, and delegate responsibility. If possible, suspend
activity during periods when fatigue is higher and efficiency is lower;
for example, between 1300 and 1500 hours.
• Use brief periods of physical exercise immediately before task
performance, particularly administrative work. However, do not
exercise closer than one hour before bedtime; exercising may delay the
onset of sleep.
• Remove yourself from flying duties when fatigue affects flight safety.

3-19
 Chapter 4

Gravitational Forces
Army aircrew members must understand gravitational forces and the
physiological responses of the body to them in the aviation environment.
This is especially true with the advent of the newer high-performance
helicopters such as the UH-60 Black Hawk and the AH-64 Apache. This
chapter discusses the physics of motion and acceleration, and covers the
types and directions of accelerative forces and their influences and
effects. It also discusses deceleration and, more importantly, the crash
sequence and how aircraft design offers protection from crash forces.
Aircrew members must have a fundamental, but thorough,
understanding of the accelerative forces encountered during flight and
their relationship to the human body.

TERMS OF ACCELERATION
4-1. Several terms are used in discussing acceleration. Those most
commonly used are speed, velocity, inertial force, centrifugal force, and
centripetal force. These terms are defined in the glossary.

TYPES OF ACCELERATION
4-2. Flight imposes its greatest effects on the body through the accelerative
forces applied during aerial maneuvering. In constant speed and
straight-and-level flight, aircrew members encounter no human limitations.
With changes in velocity, however, they can experience severe physiological
effects. Acceleration is the rate of change in velocity and is measured in Gs.
The aviator needs to understand where and how accelerative forces—linear,
radial or centripetal, and angular—develop in flight.

LINEAR ACCELERATION
4-3. This type of acceleration is a change in speed without a change in
direction. It occurs during takeoffs and changes in forward air speed. This
type is also encountered when speed is decreased (Figure 4-1).

4-0
 Chapter 4

Figure 4-1. Linear Acceleration

RADIAL, OR CENTRIPETAL, ACCELERATION

4-4. This type of acceleration can occur in any change of direction without a
change in speed. Crew members may encounter this type of acceleration
during banks, turns, loops, or rolls (Figure 4-2).

Figure 4-2. Radial, or Centripetal, Acceleration

ANGULAR ACCELERATION
4-5. This type of acceleration is complex and involves a simultaneous change
in both speed and direction. A good example of this is an aircraft that is put
into a tight spin. For practical purposes, angular acceleration does not pose a
problem in understanding the physiological effect of accelerative forces. Its
principal effects are important, however, because they produce many of the
disorientation problems encountered in flight (Figure 4-3).

4-1
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

Figure 4-3. Angular Acceleration

GRAVITATIONAL FORCES
4-6. Newton’s three laws of motion describe the forces of acceleration. The
first describes inertia, stating that a body remains at rest or in motion unless
acted upon by a force. Newton’s second law of motion states that, to overcome
inertia, a force (F) is required, the result of which is proportionate to the
acceleration (a) applied and the size of its mass (m); that is, F = ma. Newton’s
third law states that for every action (acceleration centripetal force), there is
an equal and opposite reaction (inertial centrifugal force).
4-7. The gravitational force (G-force) and the direction in which the body
receives that force are important physiological factors that affect the body
during acceleration. As shown in Figure 4-4, G-forces can affect the body in
three axes: Gx, Gy, and Gz. The physiological effects of prolonged acceleration
depend on the direction of the accelerative (centripetal) force and,
consequently, on how the inertial force acts upon the body. The inertial
(centrifugal) force is always equal to, but opposite, the accelerative force. The
inertial force is the most important physiologically. The various G-forces are
explained below:
• Positive G, or + Gz, acceleration occurs when the body is accelerated in
the headward direction. The inertial force acts in the opposite direction
toward the feet, and the body is forced down into the cockpit seat.
• Negative G, or –Gz, acceleration occurs when the body is accelerated
footward. The inertial force is toward the head, and the body is lifted
out of the cockpit seat.

4-2
 Chapter 4

Figure 4-4. G-Force

• Forward transverse G, or +Gx, acceleration occurs when the

accelerative force acts across the body in a chest-to-back direction. The
G acceleration is experienced during acceleration.
• Backward transverse G, or –Gx, acceleration occurs when the
accelerative force acts across the body in a back-to-chest direction. The
–Gx acceleration is experienced during deceleration.
• Right- or left-lateral G, or +/–Gy, acceleration occurs when the
accelerative force impacts across the body from a shoulder-to-shoulder
direction.

FACTORS AFFECTING ACCELERATIVE FORCES

4-8. To determine the effects of accelerative forces on the human body, crew
members must consider several factors. These factors include intensity,
duration, rate of onset, body area and site, and impact direction.

INTENSITY
4-9. In general, the greater the intensity, the more severe are the effects of
the accelerative force. However, intensity is not the only factor that
determines the effects.

DURATION
4-10. The longer the force is applied, the more severe are the effects. Crew
members can tolerate high G-forces for extremely short periods and low
G-forces for longer periods. In general, the longer the force is applied, the
more severe the effects. A force of 5 Gs applied for 2 to 3 seconds is usually
harmless, but the same force applied for 5 to 6 seconds can cause blackout or

4-3
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

unconsciousness. In ejection seats, pilots can tolerate a headward

acceleration of 15 Gs for about 0.2 second without harm but will become
unconscious when the same force is applied for 2 seconds. A force of 40 Gs
received intermittently for fractions of a second during a crash landing is
tolerable; if applied steadily for 2 to 3 seconds, the same force is fatal. The
body can absorb, without harm, high G-forces applied for extremely short
durations.

RATE OF ONSET
4-11. The rate of onset of accelerative or decelerative forces plays a part in the
effects experienced. When an aircraft decelerates gradually, as in a wheels-up
landing, the decelerative forces are exerted at a rather slow rate. Generally,
when the rate of application is higher, such as when an aircraft decelerates
suddenly during an accident, the effects are more severe. When an aircraft
impacts vertically, the stopping distance is considerably shorter and the rate
of application of accelerative forces is many times greater. The rate of
application is often slowed down in helicopter crashes by the spreading of the
skids and the crumpling of the fuselage, giving the body 3 or 4 extra feet in
which to decelerate. Therefore, the distance, as well as the time, is an
important factor in acceleration or deceleration. The shorter the stopping
distance, the greater the G-force.

BODY AREA AND SITE

4-12. The size of the body area over which a given force is applied is
important; the greater the body area, the less harmful are the effects. The
body site to which a force is applied is also important. The accelerative effect
of a given force, such as a blow to the head, is much more serious than the
same force applied to another part of the body such as the leg.

IMPACT DIRECTION
4-13. The direction from which a prolonged accelerative force acts on the body
also determines the physiological effects that occur. The body does not
tolerate a force applied to the long axis of the body (Gz) as well as it does a
force applied to the Gx axis (Figure 4-5).

PHYSIOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF LOW-MAGNITUDE ACCELERATION

4-14. The physiological effects of low-magnitude acceleration are the result of
the inertial centrifugal force and the increased weight of the body and its
components. Low-magnitude acceleration is described as Gs in the range of 1
to 10 with prolonged time of application lasting for at least several seconds.
During aircraft maneuvers, the main part of the body affected by excessive
G-forces is the cardiovascular system. The skeleton and soft tissues of the
body can withstand such stress without problems. The circulatory system,
however, consists of elastic blood vessels; to perform properly, the system
needs a well-defined blood pressure and volume. Excessive gravitational
forces, such as those experienced in prolonged acceleration, can disrupt the
normal circulatory function.

4-4
 Chapter 4

Figure 4-5. Impact Direction

PHYSIOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF +GZ ACCELERATION

4-15. Positive Gz is acceleration in a headward direction such as the
centripetal force experienced in a turn. The aircrew member is more aware of
the centrifugal (inertial) force, which acts in the opposite direction, toward
the feet. Crew members experience this force during pullout from a dive or
execution of a high, banking turn.
4-16. During a maneuver that produces +Gz, the weight of the body increases
in direct proportion to the magnitude of the force. For example, a 200-pound
person weighs 800 pounds during a 4-G maneuver. Normal activities are
greatly curtailed, and the person is pushed down into the seat. The arms and
legs feel heavy, the cheeks sag, and the body becomes incapable of free
movement. In fact, a pilot cannot escape unassisted from a spinning aircraft if
the magnitude of the force exceeds 2 to 3 +Gz. This is the primary reason for
the adoption of the pilot’s ejection seat.
4-17. During a +Gz maneuver, the internal organs of the body are pulled
downward. The increased weight of the internal organs pulls the diaphragm
down, increases the relaxed thoracic volume, and disturbs the mechanics of
respiration.
4-18. Comparing the body to a long cylinder helps explain the effects of a +Gz
maneuver on the arterial blood pressure. In a seated individual, the heart lies
approximately at the junction of the upper and middle thirds of the cylinder.
The head and brain (the structures most sensitive to decreased blood
pressure) are at the upper end of this vertical cylinder and about 30
centimeters from the heart. When a force of 5 +Gz is exerted on the body, a
standing blood column of 30 centimeters exerts a pressure of 120 mm/Hg
upon its base. Because this pressure is equal to the normal arterial systolic
blood pressure, it exactly balances out the arterial pressure and causes the
blood profusion of the brain to cease. Unconsciousness can result when a force
of 5 +Gz is applied to the body. Figure 4-6 shows the effects of 1 +Gz to 5 +Gz
conditions.

4-5
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

Figure 4-6. Positive Acceleration

4-19. At about 4 +Gz—the point at which vision is completely lost before a

loss of consciousness—blackout occurs. Static intraocular pressure is about 20
mm/Hg. When a positive G-force is sufficient to reduce the systolic arterial
blood pressure in the head to 20 mm/Hg, the intraocular pressure causes the
collapse of retinal arteries. The retina ceases to function as the blood supply
fails, and the vision narrows from the periphery. At about 4 to 4.5 Gz, vision
disappears and blackout occurs. When the force reaches about 5 +Gz, cerebral
blood flow stops and unconsciousness ensues. Therefore, the sequence of
events following exposure to +Gz is the dimming of vision, blackout, and then
unconsciousness.
4-20. The effects described above are usually progressive, as shown in Figure
4-6. In relaxed subjects in the human centrifuge, for example, the first
symptoms from increased +Gz forces occur at 2.5 to 4 +Gz and involve a
graying or dimming of the visual fields. At slightly higher accelerations (4 to
4.5 +Gz), blackout occurs and individuals can no longer see although they
remain conscious. The retinal arteries have collapsed, but some blood still
flows through the blood vessels of the brain. At 4.5 to 5 +Gz, unconsciousness
occurs.
4-21. Blood pools in the lower extremities, and there is a relative loss of blood
volume and blood pressure to the brain. Stagnant hypoxia and hypoxic
hypoxia, caused by unoxygenated blood from impaired respiration, also occur.
Oxygen saturation of the blood can fall from the normal 98 percent to 85
percent during an exposure of 7 +Gz for 45 seconds.
4-22. With the loss of blood pressure and the hypoxic state combined, it may
take up to one minute following the end of acceleration for an individual to

4-6
 Chapter 4

recover. After regaining consciousness, the crew member may still experience
a period of disorientation and loss of memory for some time.
4-23. Although tolerance limits to G-forces are relatively constant from one
person to another, certain factors decrease or increase an individual’s
tolerance to +Gz. These are the decremental and incremental factors.

DECREMENTAL FACTORS
4-24. Any factor that reduces the overall efficiency of the body, especially the
circulatory system, causes a marked reduction in an aircrew member’s
tolerance to +Gz. Loss of blood volume, varicose veins, and decreased blood
pressure (chronic hypotension) can affect the circulatory system. Self-imposed
stress, such as that caused by alcohol abuse, also affects the aircrew
member’s tolerance to +Gz.

INCREMENTAL FACTORS
4-25. The L-1 maneuver is an Anti-G Straining Maneuver (AGSM) that
increases the crew member’s G-tolerance. For protection that does not
overstress the larynx, crew members can use the L-1 maneuver. In this
maneuver, crew members maintain a normal upright sitting position, tense
skeletal muscles, and simultaneously attempt to exhale against a closed
glottis at two- to three-second intervals. Although the L-1 maneuver was
developed by the Air Force for its fighter pilots, rotary-wing crew members
experiencing gray-out conditions will also benefit from this maneuver.

PHYSIOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF –GZ ACCELERATION

4-26. When the accelerative force acts on the body in a direction toward the
feet, as would be experienced in a rapid descent, –Gz occurs. In this case, the
accelerative (centripetal) force acts toward the axis of the turn. Actually, –Gz
does not present a great problem in military flying. Because it is an
uncomfortable experience, pilots tend to avoid it.
4-27. Negative acceleration, inertial force applied from foot to head, causes a
sharp rise in arterial and venous pressures at the head level. The increased
pressure within the veins outside the cranial cavity may be sufficient to
rupture the thin-walled venules (small veins). The intracranial venous
pressure also rises, but it is counterbalanced by an accompanying rise in
intracranial cerebral spinal-fluid pressure. Therefore, there is little actual
danger of intracranial hemorrhage or cerebral vascular damage as long as the
skull remains intact. Hemorrhages within the eye present the primary source
of damage from –Gz. Distension of the jugular veins and veins of the sinuses
and conjunctiva is caused by –Gz.
4-28. Sudden acceleration producing a force of 3 –Gz reaches the limit of
human tolerance. When such a force is applied, venous pressure of 100
mm/Hg develops and causes small conjunctival bleeding areas and marked
discomfort in the head region.
4-29. During –Gz maneuver, redout may be experienced (Figure 4-7). This
phenomenon occurs when the gravitational pull acts on the lower eyelid,

4-7
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

causing the lower eyelid to cover the cornea. The constant pull of gravity on
the lower eyelids tends to weaken their muscles.
4-30. If sufficiently prolonged, a gravitational pull in the foot-to-head
direction also leads to eventual circulatory distress. Pooling of blood occurs in
the head and neck regions, which then leads to a passage of fluid from the
blood to the tissue spaces of the head and neck. In addition, the return of
blood to the heart becomes inadequate because of the loss of the effective
blood volume. Therefore, blood stagnates in the head and neck. The
cerebral-arterial and venous pressure differential is inadequate to sustain
consciousness.

Figure 4-7. Negative Acceleration

PHYSIOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF +/–GX ACCELERATION

4-31. Transverse-G occurs when the accelerative force impacts across the
body at right angles to the long axis. The inertial (centrifugal) force will also
cross the body—in the opposite direction. Aircrew members undergo mild
transverse acceleration during takeoffs and landings. The physiological
effects of transverse acceleration are important in manned space missions;
they are experienced during initial lift-off and reentry.
4-32. Individual are more tolerant of forces received in the +/–Gx axis than of
those received in the other axes because transverse Gs interfere very little
with blood flow. Extreme values of transverse G (12 to 15 +/–G) acting for five
seconds or more can displace organs or shift the heart’s position and, thereby,
interfere with respiration.

4-8
 Chapter 4

4-33. At levels above 7 +G, breathing becomes harder because of the effect on
the chest movement. Some individuals, however, have withstood levels of 20
+G for several seconds with no severe difficulty.

PHYSIOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF +/–GY ACCELERATION

4-34. The human body has minimal tolerance to Gy (right- or left-lateral)
acceleration. Most aircraft do not normally apply significant accelerative
forces in the lateral direction. Therefore, this type of G-force is of little
significant during low-magnitude acceleration.

PHYSIOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF HIGH-MAGNITUDE ACCELERATION

AND DECELERATION
4-35. High-magnitude acceleration and deceleration affect aircraft accident
survivability. High-magnitude acceleration occurs when acceleration exceeds
10 Gs and lasts for less than one second. The effects of high-magnitude
acceleration are usually the result of linear acceleration. The terms
acceleration and deceleration (negative acceleration) are synonymous when
used to describe the forces encountered in aircraft crashes, ejection-seat
operations, and parachute-opening shock.

HIGH-MAGNITUDE ACCELERATION
4-36. Adverse effects and injury result from the abruptness and magnitude of
forces. Other factors are the body area to which the force is applied and the
extent of distortion in shearing, compressing, or stretching body structures.
The severity of effects progresses from discomfort, incapacitation, minor
injury, and irreversible injury to lethal injury. A thorough examination of the
cause of the injury and the effects on the body is essential for determining
survival limits and for devising protective and preventive measures.

HIGH-MAGNITUDE DECELERATION
4-37. Several factors cause the adverse effects of high-magnitude decelerative
forces. These factors are the—
• Degree of intensity of the acceleration, known as the “peak G.”
• Duration of the “peak G” and the total time of the deceleration.
• Rate of application or rate of onset of the acceleration, known as the
“jolt.” The jolt, expressed in feet per second or Gs per second, is the rate
of change of acceleration or the rate of onset of accelerative forces.
• Direction or axis of force application that determines whether
acceleration or deceleration occurs.

CRASH SEQUENCE
4-38. During the accident sequence, the aircraft occupants’ survival depends
on three criteria. These criteria are the crash forces transmitted to the
occupants, occupiable living space, and aircraft design features.

4-9
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

Crash Forces
4-39. The intensity of the decelerative force to which the body is subjected is
not a single decelerative G; instead, crash forces produce a series of
decelerations, at various G-loads, until all motion is stopped (Figure 4-8). In
addition, these crash forces occur in all three axes (Gx, Gy, and Gz) at the
same time (Figure 4-9). The tolerance limits to high-magnitude deceleration
vary with the duration of the force and direction. The human body, however,
is far more vulnerable to injury when exposed to a series of high-G shocks in
all three axes. As Figure 4-9 shows, the human body can withstand these
forces only for an extremely short time (less than 0.1 second). If this is
exceeded, injury or death occurs.

Occupiable Living Space

4-40. The occupants’ living space influences survivability and must not be
compromised either by failure of the airframe or by possible penetration of
the cabin area by outside objects. If either human-tolerance limits to
decelerative forces are exceeded or living space is lost, survivability in an
accident sequence decreases significantly. To provide maximum protection to
aircrew members during an accident, certain design features can be built into
an aircraft to absorb crash forces. The UH-60 (Black Hawk) shows that a
crashworthy design is possible (Figure 4-10).

Figure 4-8. Decelerative Forces Experienced During an Accident of Three-Second Duration

4-10
 Chapter 4

Figure 4-9. Human-Tolerance Limits to Whole-Body Impact (Duration 0.1 Second)

Figure 4-10. Crashworthy Design Features of the UH-60 (Black Hawk)

4-11
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

Aircraft Design Features

4-41. Design features that aid crash survival are commonly referred to as the
CREEP factors. These factors are explained below:
• C—Container. An aircraft must be designed with an effective
protective shell around the occupants. Its maximum structural and
component weight should be below the occupants to reduce cabin
crushing by inertial loading. The airframe should contain crushable
material to attenuate crash forces before they are transmitted to the
crew members. Fuel cells (tanks) should be of crashworthy design and
be protected by the airframe to prevent outside objects from
penetrating them.
• R—Restraint Systems. Restraint systems should attenuate crash
forces and protect the occupants in all conditions of flight. These
systems should be comfortable to wear and not interfere with cockpit
duties. The head is the most likely point of injury in an accident
sequence; therefore, occupants should use shoulder harnesses to
minimize upper-body motion. A failure in any part of the restraint
system—seat, seat belt, or anchor points—results in a higher degree of
exposure to injury.
• E—Environment. The cockpit and cabin area must be “delethalized”
to include adequate equipment restraints for withstanding crash forces.
• E—Energy Absorption. With their energy-absorbing features,
aircraft are designed to withstand disruptive forces. Some features are
the aircraft undercarriage, landing gear, and seat design that deform
during the accident sequence. These modify high-peak G-loads of short
duration into more survivable G-loads of longer duration.
• P—Postcrash Protection. Two major postcrash factors must be
considered: fire and evacuation. The crashworthy fuel system has
drastically reduced the fire hazard in Army aircraft accidents.
However, timely evacuation is still desirable. The timeliness in
evacuating aircraft occupants who survive an impact is often governed
by the adequacy of emergency exits. Other factors that enhance timely
evacuation are convenience of location, ease of operation (the UH-1
cargo door window is a prime example), and adequacy of markings.

PREVENTIVE MEASURES
INCREASE THE AREA TO WHICH THE FORCE IS APPLIED
4-42. This is accomplished through a variety of methods. The HGU-56/P
protective helmet distributes pinpoint pressure over a larger area and
reduces the chance of head injury. Seat belts with shoulder harnesses
distribute decelerative forces over a larger area of the body and help prevent
hazardous contact with the cabin environment. Backward seating
arrangements also distribute decelerative forces normally found in the
accident sequence.

4-12
 Chapter 4

INCREASE THE DISTANCE OVER WHICH THE DECELERATION OCCURS

4-43. The built-in design features of the aircraft can absorb and dissipate
much of the kinetic energy during the crash. These features increase the
distance over which the deceleration occurs.

ALIGN THE BODY TO TAKE ADVANTAGE OF THE STRUCTURAL STRENGTH OF

THE MUSCULOSKELETAL SYSTEM
4-44. The correct alignment of the body is a preventive measure that can be
taken during a crash. Crew members can align the body to take advantage of
the structural strength of the musculoskeletal system, especially during the
accident sequence. The proper use of seat belts, the shoulder harness, or the
crash position (with the body bent forward) ensures that the strongest parts
of the body absorb the crash forces.

4-13
 Chapter 5

Toxic Hazards in Aviation

The effects of toxic chemicals in the aviation environment may lead to
human error, which is the leading cause of aviation accidents. During
flight, the exposure of aircrews to toxins can range from an acute and
suddenly incapacitating event to long-term health effects secondary to
chronic exposure. Aviation personnel must be able to understand the
dangers and recognize the often near-imperceptible onset of toxic
hazards. The flight surgeon or aeromedical physician’s assistant should
educate the aircrew in the prevention of toxic hazards and treatment of
flight personnel who are exposed to known toxic chemicals.

SECTION I – AVIATION TOXICOLOGY PRINCIPLES

ENVIRONMENT
5-1. In aviation, the unique toxicological environment is primarily limited to
an enclosed environment. Thus, this chapter’s focus is on aircraft cockpit
exposures. Included, however, are some important issues facing Class III
supply personnel.

ACUTE TOXICITY
5-2. The greatest toxicological risk during flight is an acute, high-dose
exposure to a toxic agent. The cabin air quality may change rapidly or
insidiously. These air-quality changes can be due to the generation of toxic
substances from fluid leaks, fire, and/or variations in altitude and ventilation
rates.
5-3. Exposure to chemical fumes from burning wire insulation or rocket
exhaust can degrade a pilot’s ability to function. Acute in-flight exposures are
of two types:
• Suddenly incapacitating exposures.
• Subtle, performance-decrement exposures.
Exposures to toxic chemicals have contributed to some accidents erroneously
attributed to pilot error. During the most demanding modes of flight, the
balance between critical flight tasks and human abilities is sometimes
delicate and fragile even for well-trained crews. Therefore, any performance
decrement caused by toxic substances is a cause for concern.

5-0
 Chapter 5

CHRONIC TOXICITY
5-4. During both ground-support and aviation operations, chronic
(long-term) exposure to potentially toxic agents may occur. Handling
munitions and propellants and storing fuels and fluids pose special problems.

TIME AND DOSE RELATIONSHIP

5-5. With most substances, the medical effects of an exposure depend on the
duration of exposure and the concentration of the chemical. As the
concentration increases, the interval between initial exposure and the onset
of symptoms decreases. Many chemicals change their adverse physical effects
as the concentrations increase. At high concentrations, gases, such as
nitrogen dioxide, and numerous petrochemicals and other mechanical fluids
are highly irritating to the upper respiratory tract, nasal passages, and
mucous membranes; at lower concentrations, these chemicals may have little
or no effect.

PHYSIOCHEMICAL FACTORS
5-6. Specific organs or tissues selectively absorb a chemical substance as it
enters the bloodstream. For example, fat-soluble compounds, such as carbon
tetrachloride and most aviation fuels, tend to accumulate in the nervous
system tissues. Heavy metals from lead-acid batteries tend to produce
damage at the point of exit from the bloodstream—the kidneys.

ENTRY POINTS
5-7. Toxic agents may enter the body by inhalation into the lungs, by
ingestion into the stomach, or by absorption through the skin. The most
important route of entry in the aviation environment is inhalation. Aircrews
are often in close contact with volatile fuels and other potentially hazardous
petroleum products, oils, lubricants, and hydraulic fluids. For example, a
well-intentioned crew chief may choose to eat while working on the engine
deck without realizing the potential danger of ingesting a toxin through
contaminated food or water. Another example is the crew member, in a hurry
after an aircraft refueling, who chooses not to wash his hands and then
smokes a cigarette or eats a meal. Acute toxic exposures are characteristically
related to inhalation or ingestion, whereas toxin exposure through skin
absorption usually produces symptoms only after chronic, repeated
exposures.

PREEXISTING CONDITIONS
5-8. People with organ impairment—such as liver or lung damage, sickle-cell
disease, or an active disease process—are usually more susceptible to toxic
agents. Various toxic agents in the presence of another specific chemical can
combine or accelerate their adverse effects on the individual. Examples
include smoking and asbestosis exposures as well as carbon monoxide and
another agent that has already reduced the oxygen-transport capabilities in

5-1
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

the blood. Increased altitude and temperature can also accelerate the effects
of toxic chemicals.

INDIVIDUAL VARIABILITY
5-9. Allergies can influence an individual’s physical response to an allergen.
The allergic physical response to a toxic agent can vary considerably. For
example, in an environment in which several people are in daily contact with
a specific chemical at low concentration, only one person may exhibit
signs/symptoms because of his unique genetic characteristics such as
metabolic rate, retention and excretion rates, and level of physical fitness.

ALLOWABLE DEGREE OF BODILY IMPAIRMENT

5-10. Even a slight degree of in-flight impairment is hazardous to the pilot’s
task. The flight surgeon, working with the industrial hygienist, should be
aware of chemicals within the flight-line area of responsibility to ensure that
personnel exposure remains within safe limits. Several methods of
quantifying the hazard risk to routine chemical exposures have been
established.

THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES

5-11. TLVs are chemical concentration limits. These values are
time-weighted, average concentrations of chemicals that should produce no
apparent adverse effects for individuals who are routinely exposed for eight
hours a day. TLVs are usually measured in parts per million for gases and
vapors and in milligrams per cubic meter for fumes and dusts.

SHORT-TERM EXPOSURE LIMITS

5-12. STELs are the maximum time-weighted average concentrations of
specific chemicals that are allowed for only 15 minutes during the workday.
They were developed to protect against acute toxicity. STELs should not be
reported more than four times a day.

CEILING CONCENTRATION
5-13. Ceiling concentration is the maximum allowable concentration of a
specific chemical that must never be exceeded during any part of the
workday. Even an instantaneous value in excess of the TLV ceiling is
prohibited.

BODY DETOXIFICATION
5-14. The human body has varied and intricate chemical defense
mechanisms. Upon entry of a toxic substance, the body immediately begins to
reduce the concentration of the substance by multiple processes. These
processes includes metabolism (the chemical breakdown of a substance),
detoxification, and excretion. The flight surgeon must be familiar with the
metabolic pathways of well-known poisons and understand the physical or
psychological symptoms attributable to a subtle chemical intoxication. For

5-2
 Chapter 5

example, the amount of carbon monoxide eliminated by the body during a

single exposure decreases by 50 percent every four hours.

SECTION II – AIRCRAFT ATMOSPHERE CONTAMINATION

CONTAMINATION OVERVIEW
5-15. The interior of an aircraft may contain various contaminants that could
present a risk, depending on the mission and other circumstances. Aircrews
and ground crews transporting hazardous cargo should refer to ARs 50-5,
50-6, 95-1, and 95-27 and TM 38-250. Information concerning an NBC
environment is beyond the scope of this field manual but may be found in
FMs 3-04.400(1-400), 3-11.5(3-5), and 3-11.100(3-100) and TM 3-4240-280-10.
FM 8-9 contains more detailed medical information on the NBC environment.
Aircraft atmosphere contamination can include—
• Exhaust gases.
• Tetraethyl lead.
• Carbon monoxide.
• Engine lubricants.
• Oxygen contaminants.
• Jet-propulsion fuels.
• Coolant fluid vapors.
• Fluorocarbon plastics.
• Hydraulic fluid vapors.
• Fire-extinguishing agents, including halogenated hydrocarbons.

EXHAUST GASES
5-16. The physical relationship of engine positioning to the cockpit is
important. Depending on the age of the aircraft and the power plant used (jet
or reciprocating), there will be a wide range of potential cockpit air
contaminants caused by exhaust gases. Single-engine, piston-type aircraft
with the engine located directly in front of the fuselage are subject to greater
contamination than multiengine aircraft with engines situated laterally.
Reciprocating engines uniformly produce much more carbon monoxide in
their exhaust than the modern jet engine. Liquid-cooled, single-engine
airplanes are also less likely to be contaminated by exhaust gases than
air-cooled, radial-engine airplanes.

CARBON MONOXIDE
5-17. The effects of carbon monoxide are subtle and deadly. Carbon monoxide,
a product of incomplete combustion, is the most common gaseous poison in
the aviation environment. It is also the most common unintentional and
intentional cause of poisoning in the United States. More deaths have been
attributed to CO than to any other toxic gas. Carbon monoxide acts as a
tissue asphyxiant that produces hypoxia at both sea level and altitude. It
preferentially combines with hemoglobin, to the partial exclusion of oxygen,

5-3
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

and thus, interferes with the uptake of oxygen by the blood. CO has a
256-times greater affinity for bonding with hemoglobin than with oxygen.
The presence of CO greatly reduces the oxygen-carrying capability of
hemoglobin. It is a colorless, odorless gas that is slightly lighter than air.
Because it is odorless, CO should be suspected whenever exhaust odors are
detected. Carbon-monoxide concentration in the blood is based on a variety of
factors, including the concentration of the gas, respiratory rate, CO
saturation of hemoglobin, and duration of exposure. Table 5-1 shows the
body’s physiological response to various concentrations of carbon monoxide.

Table 5-1. Physiological Response to Various Concentrations of Carbon Monoxide

Carbon Monoxide Carboxyhemoglobin Exposure Symptoms

Concentration in Air Saturation in Blood Time
(ppm) (%)
0–50 — — No appreciable effect
0–100 0–17 — No significant effects, except
for possible headache and
flushing of skin
200–300 23–30 5–6 hr Weakness, headache,
dizziness, loss of visual
acuity, nausea, and vomiting
400–600 36–44 4–5 hr Same as above, with
muscular incoordination
700–1,000 47–53 3–4 hr Same as above, with
increased pulse and
respiration
1,100–1,500 55–60 1.5–3 hr Coma
1,600–2,000 61–64 .5–1 hr Depressed heart rate and
respiration
5,000–10,000 73–76 2–15 min Death

5-18. A relatively low concentration of CO in the air can, in time, produce

high blood concentrations of CO. A person who inhales a 0.5 percent
concentration of CO for 30 minutes while at rest will have a 45 percent blood
concentration of CO. As noted in Table 5-1, this is sufficient to produce a
near-coma condition.
5-19. A reduced concentration of oxygen in the air and increased temperature
or humidity may increase the concentration of CO-bound hemoglobin. Any of
these changes or an increase in physical activity can accelerate the toxic
effects of CO.
5-20. Production of carbon monoxide depends upon incomplete combustion of
fuel. An engine that yields complete combustion will produce only carbon
dioxide. As the fuel-to-air ratio decreases and complete combustion increases,
the percentage of carbon dioxide in the exhaust gas rises and the percentage
of carbon monoxide declines. Conversely, as the mixture becomes richer
(increasing the fuel-to-air ratio), the carbon monoxide in the exhaust gas
increases.

5-4
 Chapter 5

5-21. The effects of carbon monoxide on the human body vary. The leading
symptoms of carbon monoxide intoxication are—
• Tremors.
• Headache.
• Weakness.
• Joint pain.
• Hoarseness.
• Nervousness.
• Muscular cramps.
• Muscular twitching.
• Loss of visual acuity.
• Impairment of speech and hearing.
• Mental confusion and disorientation.
5-22. The symptoms are those of hypemic hypoxia. Of particular importance
to aviators is the loss of visual acuity. Peripheral vision and, more
importantly, night visual acuity is significantly decreased, even with blood
CO concentrations as low as 10 percent saturation.
5-23. The dangers associated with carbon monoxide rise sharply with
increasing altitudes. When experienced separately, a mild degree of hypoxic
hypoxia (caused by altitude increases and decreased partial pressures of
oxygen) or an exposure to small amounts of carbon monoxide may be
harmless. When experienced simultaneously, their effects become additive.
They may cause serious pilot impairment and result in loss of aircraft control.
5-24. For practical purposes, the elimination rate of carbon monoxide depends
on respiratory volume and the percentage of oxygen in the inspired (inhaled)
air. Smoking one to three cigarettes in rapid succession or one and one-half
packs per day can raise an individual’s carbon-monoxide hemoglobin
saturation to 10 percent. At sea level, it may take a full day to eliminate that
small percentage of carbon monoxide because the carbon-monoxide gas is
reduced by a factor of only 50 percent about every four hours.
5-25. When flight personnel suspect the presence of carbon monoxide in the
aircraft, they should turn off exhaust heaters, inhale 100 percent oxygen (if
available), and land as soon as practical. After landing, they can investigate
the source and evaluate their own possible symptoms of carbon-monoxide
intoxication.

AVIATION GASOLINE
5-26. AVGAS is used only as an emergency fuel. It is a mixture of
hydrocarbons and special additives such as tetraethyl lead and xylene. One
gallon of aviation gasoline that has completely evaporated will form about 30
cubic feet of vapor at sea level. Flight personnel who have been exposed to
aviation gasoline vapors can have adverse physical or psychological reactions.

5-5
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

5-27. Aviation gasoline vapors, which are heavier than air, are readily
absorbed in the respiratory system and may produce symptoms of exposure
after only a few minutes. If vapors are inhaled for more than a short time,
one-tenth of the concentration that could cause combustion or explosion may
cause unconsciousness. The maximum safe concentration for exposure to
vapors of ordinary fuel is about 500 parts per million, or 0.05 percent.
Aviation gasoline vapor is at least twice as toxic as ordinary fuel vapor.
Exposure to aviation gasoline may include—
• Burning and tearing of the eyes.
• Restlessness.
• Excitement.
• Disorientation.
• Disorders of speech, vision, or hearing.
• Convulsions.
• Coma.
• Death.

TETRAETHYL LEAD IN AVIATION GASOLINE

5-28. Tetraethyl lead, an antiknock substance, is highly toxic. Poisoning may
occur by absorption of the lead through the skin or by inhalation of its vapors.
Tetraethyl lead poisoning primarily affects the central nervous system.
Symptoms include insomnia, mental irritability, and instability. In less
dramatic cases, sleep may be interrupted with restlessness and terrifying
dreams. Other symptoms include nausea, vomiting, muscle weakness,
tremors, muscular pain, and visual difficulty. The amount of tetraethyl lead
in aviation gasoline is so small that a lead hazard through normal handling is
remote; the amount is only about 4.6 cubic centimeters per gallon, or about
one teaspoon. Poisoning has resulted from personnel entering fuel-storage
tanks containing concentrated amounts of tetraethyl lead within the
accumulated sludge. Maintenance personnel who work (welding, buffing, or
grinding) on engines that have burned leaded gasolines can receive
significant exposure to lead compounds.

JET PROPULSION FUELS

5-29. JP-4, JP-5, and JP-8 are mixtures of hydrocarbons, producing different
grades of kerosene. Each JP fuel has a specific vapor pressure and flash
point. JP fuels do not contain tetraethyl lead. The recommended threshold
limit for JP fuel vapors has been set at 500 parts per million. Toxic symptoms
can occur below explosive levels; therefore, a JP fuel intoxication can exist
even in the absence of a fire hazard. In addition to being an irritant hazard to
skin and mucous membranes, excessive inhalation of JP fuels degrades
central nervous system functioning. JP fuels, in high enough concentrations,
can produce narcotic effects.

5-6
 Chapter 5

HYDRAULIC FLUID VAPORS

5-30. A leak from a hydraulic hose or gauge, under pressures of up to 1,200
pounds per square inch, can produce a finely divided aerosol fluid that
diffuses quickly throughout the cockpit. Large leaks may cause liquid to
accumulate on the floor. In either case, the cockpit air may quickly develop a
high level of aerosolized hydraulic fluid. Like other hydrocarbons, hydraulic
fluid can be toxic when inhaled. In fact, several hydraulic fluids are
phosphate ester-based and have identical actions as the military nerve agents
known as organophosphoesterase inhibitors. Increasing temperature or
altitude can aggravate the toxic effects of inhaling the aerosolized fluid. The
toxic effects may include—
• Irritation of the eyes and respiratory tract.
• Headache.
• Vertigo.
• Nerve dysfunction in the limbs.
• Impairment of judgment and vision.

COOLANT-FLUID VAPORS
5-31. The coolant fluid used in liquid-cooled engines consists of ethylene
glycol diluted with water. Ethylene glycol is toxic when ingested. Although
volatile, its vapors rarely exert any significant acute toxic effects when
inhaled. However, with continued exposure to ethylene-glycol vapors, the
respiratory passages become moderately irritated.
5-32. Ruptured coolant lines frequently result in smoke in the cockpit, either
from the engine overheating or from leaking fluid. Smoke in the cockpit is
always a concern for pilots; some have abandoned their aircraft because of
coolant-line leaks. The flash point of pure ethylene glycol is 177 degrees
Fahrenheit; however, the fire hazard from escaping coolant-fluid ignition is
not especially great because the ethylene glycol has been diluted with water.

ENGINE LUBRICANTS
5-33. The oil-hose connections in aircraft consist of the various types of
adjustable clamps in contrast to the pressure-type connections used in the
hydraulic system. Hose clamps occasionally break or loosen. When oil escapes
onto hot engine parts, smoke often forms and enters the cockpit. Inhaling hot
oil fumes causes symptoms similar to those of carbon monoxide poisoning:
• Headache.
• Nausea.
• Vomiting.
• Irritation of the eyes and upper-respiratory passages.

FIRE-EXTINGUISHING AGENTS
5-34. Fire-extinguishing agents can pose a toxic threat to the aircrew fighting
a fire, especially within an enclosed cabin or cockpit. Crew members could
come into contact with these agents by using portable extinguishers. They

5-7
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

may also be exposed to gaseous fire-fighting agents in the ventilation system

when automatic or semiautomatic fire-extinguishing systems aboard the
aircraft are discharged. Ground-support personnel could also inhale
fire-extinguisher agents but to a lesser extent because of the nonenclosed
environmental conditions. The three chemical classes of fire-extinguishing
agents in use today are—
• Halogenated hydrocarbons.
• Carbon dioxide.
• Aqueous film forming foam.

HALOGENATED HYDROCARBONS
5-35. The halogenated hydrocarbon group is composed of carbon
tetrachloride, or CCl4; chlorobromomethane, or CB; dibromodiflouromethane,
or DB; and bromotriflouromethane. Because of their toxicity, these
halogenated hydrocarbons are no longer used to fight fires. The most common
halogenated hydrocarbon in current use as a fire-extinguishing agent is
Halon.
5-36. Halon is frequently seen on the flight line and used in automatic
fire-suppression systems for large electrical/computer areas. It has excellent
fire-suppression properties without chemical residuals. Halon has specific
numbers associated with it, depending on its particular chemical composition
of carbon, chloride, fluorine, and bromide. Halon is an excellent fire
extinguisher and is relatively nontoxic to personnel except when extensively
discharged in an enclosed space. Within a confined area, Halon acts as a
simple asphyxiant (displaces oxygen from the room upon release). Under
extremely high temperatures, this gas can decompose into other more toxic
gases such as hydrogen fluorine, hydrogen chloride, hydrogen bromide, and
phosgene analogues. In addition, the discharge of Halon from a compressed
state can generate impulse-noise levels of more than 160 decibels. Halon is
being removed from all but mission-essential areas because of its strong
tendency to deplete the atmospheric ozone layer.
5-37. Phosgene (a thermal by-product of Halon), carbon tetrachloride, and the
burning plastics significantly irritate the lower respiratory tract. Exposures
to sublethal concentrations of this gas may permanently damage the
respiratory system.

CARBON DIOXIDE
5-38. As a fire extinguisher, carbon dioxide becomes a hazard because large
quantities of the gas are required to extinguish a fire. At low concentrations,
carbon dioxide acts as a respiratory stimulant. Beyond this concentration,
inhaling 2 to 3 percent concentrations results in a feeling of discomfort and
shortness of breath. A person can tolerate up to 5 percent concentrations for
10 minutes. A concentration of about 10 percent appears to be about the
maximum exposure that a person can tolerate before performance
deteriorates. A concentration above 20 percent can induce unconsciousness
within several minutes.

5-8
 Chapter 5

5-39. Initial acute exposures (less then 2 percent) of carbon dioxide may
result in excitement or increases in breathing rate and depth, heart rate, and
blood pressure. These effects are followed by—
• Drowsiness.
• Headache.
• Increasing difficulty in respiration.
• Vertigo.
• Indigestion.
• Muscular weakness.
• Lack of coordination.
• Poor judgment.
Beginning with 10 percent concentrations, an aircrew member may
experience mental degradation, collapse, and death. When the concentration
increases slowly, symptoms appear more slowly and have less effect because
the defenses of the body have time to act. Although aware of the changes
occurring, the individual may be unable to assess the situation and take
corrective action.
5-40. Because carbon dioxide is heavier than air, it accumulates in lower
positions of enclosed spaces. Normal air becomes diluted, and the carbon
dioxide acts as a simple asphyxiant. Aircrews must be indoctrinated to the
hazards of carbon-dioxide poisoning. When the initial symptoms of carbon
dioxide are detected in the cabin area, it must be ventilated quickly. The crew
should use 100 percent oxygen if it is available on the aircraft.

AQUEOUS FILM-FORMING FOAM

5-41. AFFF is a protein-based material used to physically separate a
flammable liquid (fuel) from its oxygen source. It is essentially nontoxic, even
if ingested, but will irritate the eyes and skin, similar to household soaps.

FLUOROCARBON PLASTICS
5-42. Fluorocarbon plastics are used in all aircraft as insulation on wires in
radios and other electronic equipment as corrosion-resistant coatings. They
are chemically inert at ordinary temperatures but decompose at high
temperatures. In aircraft, they pose a problem only when a fire occurs. At
about 662 degrees Fahrenheit, fluorine gas is released. It reacts with
moisture to form hydrogen fluoride, a highly corrosive acid. Above 700
degrees Fahrenheit, a small quantity of highly toxic perflouroisobutylene is
also released. Rapid, uncontrolled burning of fluorocarbon plastics yields
more toxic products than does controlled thermal decomposition. If a fire
occurs in an aircraft, aircrew members must wear oxygen masks to protect
themselves against the fumes from fluorocarbon plastics. These agents are
very irritating to the eyes, nose, and respiratory tract.

5-9
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

OXYGEN CONTAMINATION
5-43. The experience of perceived oxygen contamination affects the
performance of aircrews who routinely fly high-altitude profiles. Aviators
have often reported objectionable odors in oxygen-breathing systems using
compressed gaseous oxygen. While not present in toxic concentrations, these
odors can produce nausea and perhaps vomiting. In situations other than
accidental or gross contamination, the analysis of oxygen has indicated the
presence of small amounts of a number of contaminants. These include water
vapor, methane, carbon dioxide, acetylene, ethylene, nitrous oxide, and traces
of hydrocarbons as well as unidentified contaminants. Complaints of
oxygen-tank odors also have been attributed to the solvent trichlorethylene,
which has, in the past, been used in cleaning the cylinders. The
contaminants, either singly or in combination, never seem to reach
concentration levels that are toxic to humans. Often the odors are neither
offensive nor disagreeable, as indicated by such descriptive terms as stale,
sweet, cool, fresh, pleasant, and unpleasant. Distinct symptoms that have
been reported are headache, sickness, nausea, vomiting, and in some
instances, disorientation. However, the usual problem with perceived oxygen
contamination is most often psychological rather than physiological. During
flight, aviators can become more concerned and apprehensive about their
oxygen-breathing source. This preoccupation could lead to stress-induced
hyperventilation or loss of situational awareness. If pilots are concerned
about this issue, they should land as soon as practical to evaluate the oxygen
equipment.

PROTECTIVE MEASURES
5-44. Key points to remember from this chapter are—
• Be acutely aware of the potential toxic hazards in the aviation
environment and the lethality associated with them at flight altitudes.
• In the working environment, use appropriate personal protective
equipment to protect yourself from inhalation, absorption, and
ingestion of toxic agents.
• Always work in well-ventilated areas when using toxic materials.
• Periodically analyze your own processes. If you perceive that they are
not normal or if you have a strong urge to go to sleep or feel dizzy or
unusual in any way, you may be experiencing the subtle onset of an
incapacitating toxic exposure.
• Pay strict attention to physical symptoms such as a headache, burning
eyes, choking, nausea, or reddened patches of skin, which may indicate
a toxic exposure.
• Most importantly, remember that your immediate action measures—
such as rapid ventilation of the cockpit, descending from high altitudes,
or landing the aircraft as soon as possible and evacuating the aircraft—
can alleviate a disaster.
• Last, even if you land safely but suspect that you have been exposed to
a toxic hazard, consult your flight surgeon or another physician as soon
as possible.

5-10
 Chapter 6

Effects of Temperature Extremes on the Human Body

The human body is adapted to a narrow temperature range; it cannot
function normally in hot and cold temperature extremes. Exposure to
such extremes in the aviation environment impairs the efficiency of
aircrews and adds to other stresses such as hypoxia and fatigue. Extreme
climates can cause uncomfortable or unbearable cockpit conditions.
Likewise, atmospheric temperature or altitude changes, aircraft interior
ventilation and heating, and protective equipment can also create
temperature extremes. This chapter briefly covers aviation operations in
extreme climates; FM 3-04.202(1-202) contains an in-depth discussion of
this subject.

SECTION I – HEAT

HEAT IN THE AVIATION ENVIRONMENT

HEAT EFFECTS
6-1. At times, aircrew members may have thought that the temperature
inside their aircraft resembled that of a flying oven. Army aviation usually
takes place at the relatively low altitudes that are associated with extremely
high temperatures and humidity. Heat can seriously hamper mission
requirements to accomplish complex tasks. In Army aviation, the potential
for heat-stress problems is always present, not only because of unit locations
but also because of Army aircraft construction.

KINETIC HEATING
6-2. During the flight, the aircraft structure is heated by friction between its
surface and the air and by the rise in temperature caused by air compression
in the front of the aircraft. Insulation in the cockpit and cabin air ductwork
can reduce the effects of kinetic heating.

RADIANT HEATING
6-1. Solar radiant heat is the primary heat-stress problem in aircraft; the
large expanses of glass or Plexiglas™ produce the greenhouse effect. This
effect is caused by the differing transmission characteristics for radiation of
differing wavelengths; thermal energy can become trapped within the
cockpit. The temperatures in cockpits of aircraft parked on airfield ramps
may be 50 to 60 degrees Fahrenheit higher than those in hangars because of
the radiation of solar heating through transparent surfaces. This radiation, in
turn, heats the interior objects of the cockpit. These heated objects then
reradiate the waves at frequencies that cannot penetrate the glass or

6-1
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

Plexiglas™ outward. Therefore, heat accumulates within the cockpit and

becomes a significant stress factor at altitudes below 10,000 feet.

ELECTRICAL HEAT LOADS AND COOLING SYSTEMS

6-4. With the development of new high-performance aircraft, the electrical
heat load in the cockpit increases as more and improved avionics equipment
is fitted into these aircraft. The greater the temperature in the cockpit, the
greater the possibility of degraded performance.
6-5. Comfortable limits in the cockpit are 68 to 72 degrees Fahrenheit and
25 to 50 percent relative humidity. To maintain these temperatures and this
humidity range, aircraft must have extra heating and cooling equipment.
This equipment is expensive in both performance and cost. (A rule of thumb
is that one pound of extra load requires nine pounds of structure and fuel to
fly it.)

HEAT TRANSFER
TEMPERATURE REGULATION
6-6. The body maintains its heat balance with several mechanisms. These
are radiation, conduction, convection, and evaporation.

RADIATION
6-7. Radiation involves the transfer of heat from an object of intense heat to
an object of lower temperature through space by radiant energy. The rate of
heat transfer depends mainly on the difference in temperature between the
objects. If the temperature of the body is higher than the temperature of the
surrounding objects, a greater quantity of heat is radiated away from the
body than is radiated to the body.

CONDUCTION
6-8. Conduction is the transfer of heat between objects, in contact at
different temperatures, from heated molecules (body) to cooler molecules of
adjacent objects. The proximity of these objects will determine the overall
rate of conduction.

CONVECTION
6-9. Convection is the transfer of heat from the body in liquids or gases in
which molecules are free to move. During body-heat loss, the movement of air
molecules is produced when the body heats the surrounding air; the heated
air expands and rises because it is displaced by denser, cooler air.
Respiration, which contributes to the regulation of body temperature, is a
type of convection.

EVAPORATION
6-10. Evaporative heat loss involves the changing of a substance from its
liquid state (sweat) to its gaseous state. When water on the surface of the

6-2
 Chapter 6

body evaporates, heat is lost. Evaporation is the most common and usually
the most easily explained form of heat loss.

LIMITATIONS
6-11. Radiation, convection, and conduction all suffer one major disadvantage
in cooling the body; they become less effective as temperature increases.
When the temperature of the air and nearby objects exceeds skin
temperature, the body actually gains heat. This gain may be dangerous to the
aviator.
6-12. When the temperature increases to about 82 to 84 degrees Fahrenheit,
sweat production increases abruptly to offset the loss of body cooling through
radiation, convection, and conduction. By the time the temperature reaches
95 degrees Fahrenheit, sweat evaporation accounts for nearly all heat loss.
6-13. Many factors affect the evaporation process. Some of these factors are—
• Protective clothing.
• Availability of drinking water.
• Relative humidity above 50 percent.
• Environmental temperature above 82 degrees Fahrenheit.
6-14. Relative humidity is the factor that most limits evaporation; at a
relative humidity of 100 percent, no heat is lost by this mechanism. Although
the body continues to sweat, it loses only a tiny amount of heat. For example,
a person can function all day at a temperature of 115 degrees Fahrenheit and
a relative humidity of 10 percent if given enough water and salt. If the
relative humidity rises to 80 percent at the same temperature, that same
person may be incapacitated within 30 minutes.

HEAT INJURY
6-15. The body will undergo certain physiological changes to counteract heat
stress. To get heat from the inner body core to the surface where it can be lost
to the surroundings, blood flow to the skin (cutaneous circulation) increases
tremendously. Blood flow to other organs, such as the kidneys and liver, is
reduced, and the heart rate is increased so that the body can maintain an
adequate blood pressure. As the heat builds up, receptors in the skin, brain,
and neuromuscular system are stimulated to increase sweat production.
Normal heavy sweating produces one pint to one quart of sweat per hour;
heat-stress conditions, however, can result in 3 to 4 quarts being produced. If
a person does not replace this sweat loss by drinking liquids, the body rapidly
dehydrates, the rate of sweat production drops, and the body temperature
increases, causing further heat injury.
6-16. Individuals vary in their response to heat stress. Some serious reactions
are heat cramps, heat exhaustion, and heatstroke. Factors that influence the
physiological responses to heat stress include the amount of work that
individuals perform and their physical condition as well as their ability to
adapt to the environment. Old age, excessive alcohol ingestion, lack of sleep,
obesity, or previous heatstroke can also diminish tolerance to heat stress. A
previous episode of heatstroke can predispose an individual to repeated
episodes.

6-3
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

PERFORMANCE IMPAIRMENT
6-17. Heat stress not only causes general physiological changes but also
results in performance impairment. Even a slight increase in body
temperature impairs an individual’s ability to perform complex tasks such as
those required to fly an aircraft safely. A body temperature of 101 degrees
Fahrenheit roughly doubles an aviator’s error rate. Generally, increases in
body temperature have the following effects on an aviator:
• Error rates increase.
• Short-term memory becomes less reliable.
• Perceptual and motor skills slow, and the capacity to perform aviation
tasks decreases.

HEAT-STRESS PREVENTION
6-18. By taking certain preventive measures, personnel can avoid heat stress.
They can reduce their workload, replace lost water and salt, adapt to the
environment, and wear protective clothing.

REPLACE WATER AND SALT LOSS

6-19. The human body cannot adjust to a decreased intake of water. People
must replace water that is lost through sweating to avoid heat injury. The
body normally absorbs water at the rate of 1.2 to 1.5 quarts per hour. A
reasonable limit for the total consumption for a 12-hour workday is from 12 to
15 quarts. Therefore, additional water intake is required. Individuals should
drink one quart per hour for severe heat-stress conditions or one pint per
hour for moderate stress conditions. Executing activities at night can
minimize water loss.
6-20. Salt loss is high in personnel who either have not adapted to the
environment or have adapted but are subjected to strenuous activity under
heat stress. Replenishing this salt is important. Normally, adding a little
more salt to food during preparation is enough to replenish the salt level. If
larger amounts are required, the flight surgeon should be consulted.

ADAPT TO THE ENVIRONMENT

6-21. Adaptation is essential to prevent heat injury. An individual who has
not adapted to the environment is more susceptible to heat injury and
disability; work performance will also decrease. A good plan of adaptation is
based on a gradual increase in physical stress rather than a mere subjection
of personnel to heat. A minimum of two weeks should be allowed for normal,
healthy individuals to adapt; those who are less physically fit may require
more time. Acclimation to heat can be attained in 4 to 5 days. Full heat
acclimation takes from 7 to 14 days with two to three hours per day of
carefully supervised exercise in the heat.

WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

6-22. In direct sunlight, an individual should wear loose clothing for adequate
ventilation and evaporative cooling. In a hot environment, clothing protects
an individual from solar radiation but reduces the loss of body heat from

6-4
 Chapter 6

convection and conduction. Dark-colored clothing absorbs more radiant heat

while light-colored clothing reflects it. To help reduce the heat load to the
head, individuals should wear headgear to shade their head.

IN-FLIGHT HEAT-STRESS REDUCTION

6-23. Army aircrew members are required to work in hot cockpits. Their
ability to handle a particular situation depends on the specific aircraft and
the problem. If aircrews will be exposed to the heat for a long time, the only
alternative may be to terminate the mission to prevent their incapacitation.
However, aborting the mission is a last resort. Aircrews can minimize
in-flight heat stress by increasing ventilation and continuing to replace fluids.

INCREASE VENTILATION
6-24. The pilot, more than any other crew member, must guard against heat
stress. When speed and altitude permit, the pilot should open a window or
canopy and direct the cool air entering the aircraft to his head and neck area
to reduce heat buildup.

CONTINUE TO REPLACE FLUIDS

6-25. Fluid intake during flight helps prevent dehydration and makes up for
profuse sweating. Crew members should be encouraged to drink fluids as
conditions permit, especially in anticipation of periods of physical exertion.

SECTION II – COLD

COLD EFFECTS IN THE AVIATION ENVIRONMENT

6-26. Although heat stress causes Army aircrew members the most significant
problems, they cannot overlook the physiological effects of cold on the body.
Because Army aircrews must operate in all types of environments, they must
understand how the body reacts to cold-temperature extremes. For example,
during World War II, the U.S. Army experienced 90,535 cases of cold injury,
including several thousand cases of high-altitude frostbite in aircrews.
During the Korean Conflict, there were 9,000 cases of cold injury, 8,000 of
which occurred in the first winter (1951 to 1952).
6-27. Many factors influence the incidence of cold injury. If troops are in a
static defensive position, the incidence of injury drops because they have time
to take care of their bodies. Individuals under 17 or over 40 years of age seem
to have a predisposition to suffer cold injury as do those who have previously
suffered from it. Fatigue level, organizational discipline, individual training
and experience, and physiological factors all affect the tendency of individuals
to experience cold injury. Nutrition, activity, and the ingestion of certain
drugs and medications also influence the incidence of cold injury.

6-5
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

TYPES AND TREATMENT OF COLD INJURY

6-28. Hypothermia, trench foot (immersion foot), and frostbite are three types
of cold injury that may affect aviators. A cold injury may be either superficial
or deep.
6-29. Superficial cold injury usually can be detected by numbness, tingling, or
pins-and-needles sensations. By acting on these signs and symptoms,
individuals often can avoid further injury simply by loosening boots or other
clothing and by exercising to improve circulation. In more serious cases
involving deep cold injury, people may not be aware of a problem until the
affected part feels like a stump or a block of wood.
6-30. Outward signs of cold injury include discoloration of the skin at the site
of the injury. In light-skinned persons, the skin first reddens and then
becomes pale or waxy white; in dark-skinned persons, the skin looks gray. An
injured foot or hand feels cold to the touch. Swelling may also indicate deep
injury. Soldiers should work in pairs—buddy teams—to check each other for
signs of discoloration and other symptoms. Leaders should also be alert for
signs of cold injuries.
6-31. First aid for cold injuries depends on whether the injury is superficial or
deep. A superficial cold injury can be adequately treated by warming the
affected part with body heat. This warming can be done by covering cheeks
with hands, placing hands under armpits, or placing feet under the clothing
of a buddy and next to his abdomen. The injured part should not be
massaged, exposed to a fire or stove, rubbed with snow, slapped, chafed, or
soaked in cold water. Individuals should avoid walking when they have
cold-injured feet. Deep cold injury (frostbite) is very serious and requires
more aggressive first aid to avoid or to minimize the loss of parts of the
fingers, toes, hands, or feet. The sequence for treating cold injuries depends
on whether the condition is life threatening. That is, removing the casualty
from the cold is the priority. The other-than-cold injuries are treated at the
same time as cold injuries while casualties are awaiting evacuation or are en
route to a medical-treatment facility.

COLD-INJURY PREVENTION
6-32. Some general measures can be taken to prevent all types of cold injury.
Individuals can—
• Keep their body dry.
• Limit exposure to the cold.
• Avoid wearing wet clothing.
• Monitor the windchill factor.
• Keep activity below the perspiration level.
• Avoid the direct contact of bare skin and cold metal.
• Use the buddy system to check for early signs of cold injury.
• Wear several layers of loose-fitting clothing to increase insulation and
cold-weather headgear to prevent loss of body heat.

6-6
 Chapter 6

• Avoid alcohol intake because it dilates surface blood vessels; this

dilation initially causes the body to feel warmer but, because of heat
loss, actually chills it.
6-33. The windchill chart in Table 6-1 gives the time limits for exposure to
the cold before individuals experience injury. This chart correlates wind
velocities and ambient air temperatures and shows the resulting
temperatures from the windchill factor. The same data apply when wet boots
or wet clothing is worn or flesh is exposed. This chart also indicates the level
below which frostbite becomes a real hazard. Trench foot, or immersion foot,
can occur at any temperature shown on the chart, given the right
combination of wind velocity and ambient air temperature.

Table 6-1. Windchill Temperatures

6-7
 Chapter 7

Noise and Vibration in Army Aviation

Aircraft, both rotary and fixed wing, produce perhaps the most severe
noise and vibration environments experienced by aircrew members.
These biomechanical force environments, singly and in combination,
threaten the health, safety, and well-being of people associated with or
exposed to aircraft operations. Mechanical vibration transmitted to
human operators can induce fatigue, degrade comfort, interfere with
performance effectiveness, and under severe conditions, influence
operational safety and occupational health. Excessive exposure to
airborne acoustic energy may interfere with routine living activities,
induce annoyance, degrade voice communication, modify physiological
functions, reduce the effectiveness of performance, and cause
noise-induced hearing loss. Both noise and vibration effects may occur
simultaneously with the initial exposure or may be manifested only after
the passage of time and repeated exposure. The impact of most exposures
can be minimized by focusing on the source, the propagation of the
energy, and the exposed crew member. Monitoring the influence of such
exposures over time with hearing tests and medical observations can also
determine the impact of these combined factors. This chapter addresses
the physiology of both noise and vibration and ways to minimize their
short-term and long-term exposures. Aircrew members must use their
knowledge and training to protect themselves and to prevent injuries
caused by noise and vibration.

NOISE CHARACTERISTICS AND EFFECTS

7-1. Noise is sound that is loud, unpleasant, or unwanted. Vibration is the
motion of objects relative to a reference position, which is usually the object
at rest. In aviation, both may cause annoyance, speech interference, fatigue,
and hearing loss.

ANNOYANCE
7-2. Noise energy is undesirable when attention is called to it unnecessarily
or when it interferes with routine activities in the home or while flying an
aircraft. Individuals become annoyed when the amount of interference
becomes significant. High-frequency noises and vibration are especially
irritating and can cause a subjective sense of fatigue.

7-0
 Chapter 7

SPEECH INTERFERENCE
7-3. When noise and vibrations reach a certain loudness or amplitude, they
mask normal speech communication. Thus, words become difficult to
understand.

HEARING LOSS
7-4. The most important and common undesirable effect of noise is
permanent hearing damage. Excessive vibrations can manifest themselves in
terms of internal organ malfunctions and skeletal disabilities. Damage may
be rapid when noise is either extremely intense or prolonged. More often, it is
insidious in onset and results from continual exposure at lesser intensities.
All aviation personnel need to recognize that the damage may become
permanent.

SOUND AND VIBRATIONAL MEASUREMENT

7-5. Sound and vibration energy have measurable characteristics. These
characteristics are frequency, intensity (or amplitude), and duration.

FREQUENCY
7-6. Frequency is the physical characteristic that gives a sound the quality of
pitch. Frequency of periodic motion is the number of times per second that
the air pressure oscillates. The number of oscillations, or cycles per second, is
measured in hertz.

Human Hearing and Speech Range

7-7. The human ear is very sensitive and can detect frequencies from 20 to
20,000 hertz. Speech involves frequencies from 200 to 6,800 hertz, the range
in which the ear is most sensitive.

Speech Intelligibility
7-8. People must be able to hear in the range of 300 to 3,000 hertz to
understand speech communication. Speech outside these ranges may result
in incoherence or misinterpretation.

Vibration
7-9. Vibration affects the body most in low frequencies, usually confined to
frequency ranges below 100 hertz to displace body parts. These effects vary
greatly with the direction, body support, and restraint.

INTENSITY/AMPLITUDE
7-10. Intensity is a measure that correlates sound pressure to loudness.
Amplitude (for vibration) is the maximum displacement about a position of
rest.
7-11. Aviation personnel need to understand the relationship of decibels to
sound pressure (vibration). For every 20-decibel increase in loudness, sound
pressure increases by a factor of 10. At 80 decibels, sound pressure is
10-thousand times greater than at 0 decibel; at 100 decibels, sound pressure

7-1
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

is one-million times greater than at 0 decibel. The same sound pressure

moving through the air that stimulates the ear to hear may also cause
hearing loss under certain conditions. Table 7-1 shows the effects of various
sound intensities on listeners.

Table 7-1. Effects of Various Sound Intensities on the Listener

Frequency (Db) Effect

0 Threshold of Hearing
65 Average Human Conversation
85 Damage-Risk Limit
120 Threshold of Discomfort
140 Threshold of Pain
160 Eardrum Rupture

DURATION
7-12. Duration is the length of time that an individual is exposed to noise or
vibrations. It is a variable factor that may be measured in seconds, minutes,
hours, or days or any other selected unit of time.

NATURAL BODY RESONANCE

7-13. Natural body resonance is the mechanical amplification of vibration by
the body occurring at specific frequencies. Table 7-2 shows resonant
frequencies for various parts of the human body.

Table 7-2. Resonant Frequencies for Various Parts of the Human Body

Body Part Resonant Frequency (Hz)

Whole Body 4–8
Shoulder Girdle 4–8
Head 25
Eyes 30–90

DAMPING
7-14. Damping is the loss of mechanical energy in a vibrating system. This
loss causes the vibration to slow down.

NOISE AND HEARING LEVELS

7-15. Army aviation personnel are exposed to two types of sound levels that
can impair their hearing. The sound levels that affect the duration of noise
exposure are steady-state noise and impulse noise.

STEADY-STATE NOISE
7-16. Aviation personnel encounter this type of continuous noise around an
operating aircraft. The noise is usually at a high intensity over a wide range
of frequencies. The Surgeon General has established 85 decibels, at all

7-2
 Chapter 7

frequencies, as the maximum permissible sound level for continuous exposure

to steady-state noise (damage-risk criteria). There is a direct link between
duration of exposure and intensity; the louder the sound, the shorter the time
required to cause hearing loss. Table 7-3 shows the recommended allowable
sound intensities for the various durations of exposure. Exposure to noise
above recommended duration levels could result in noise-induced hearing
loss—the primary risk to Army aviators.

Table 7-3. Recommended Allowable Noise-Exposure Levels

Exposure Duration Per Day Maximum Exposure Level

(hr) (db)
8 85
4 90
2 95
1 100
1/2 105
Note: For every 5-decibel noise intensity increase, the exposure time
limit is cut in half.

IMPULSE NOISE
7-17. Weapons fire produces this type of noise. It is an explosive sound that
builds rapidly to a high intensity and then falls off rapidly. Although the
entire cycle usually lasts only milliseconds, this sound is detrimental to
hearing when the intensity exceeds 140 decibels.
7-18. Looking at Army aircraft as both fixed and rotary wing, certain
generalizations can be made. Overall noise levels generally are equal to 100
or more decibels. This level exceeds the average 85-decibel damage-risk
criteria. Table 7-4 shows the estimated noise levels for both rotary- and
fixed-wing Army aircraft.

Table 7-4. Rotary-Wing and Fixed-Wing Aircraft Noise Levels

Aircraft Noise Level (dB)

UH-1H 102
AH-1S 105
OH-58C 103
OH-58D 100
CH-47D 112
UH-60A 108
AH-64 104
TH-67* 102
C-12 / RC-12 106**
UC-35 96***
* Based on a Bell 206 helicopter
** Exterior noise level,
*** Cabin noise level

7-3
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

7-19. The frequency that generates the most intense level is 300 hertz.
Low-frequency noise will produce a high-frequency hearing loss. Providing
adequate hearing protection for lower frequencies is very difficult. Exposures
to these levels without hearing protection will cause permanent,
noise-induced hearing loss.

VIBRATIONAL EFFECTS
7-20. The human body reacts in various ways to vibration:
• Vibration can cause short-term acute effects because of the
biomechanical properties of the body.
• The human body acts like a series of objects connected by springs.
• The connective tissue that binds the major organs together reacts to
vibration in the same way as springs do.
• When the body is subjected to certain frequencies, the tissue and
organs will begin to resonate (increase in amplitude).
• When objects reach their resonant frequencies, they create a
momentum, which increases in intensity with each oscillation.
• Without shock absorption, vibration will damage the mass or organ.
7-21. Helicopters subject aircrew members to vibrations over a frequency
range that coincides with the resonant frequencies of the body (Table 7-5).
Prolonged contact with vibration causes short-term effects, as well as
long-term effects, to the body. Minor amplitudes of the vibration and the
ability of the body to provide some dampening are reasons why humans do
not receive injuries every time they fly. Vibration can affect the respiratory
system as well as cause—
• Motion sickness.
• Disorientation.
• Pain.
• Microcirculatory effects.
• Visual problems.

Table 7-5. Vibration Frequency Levels for the UH-1 Helicopter

Component Frequency (Hz)

Engine 110
Main Rotor 4–11
Tail Rotor 30–60

HEARING LOSS
7-22. Such factors as age, health, and the noise environment cause hearing
loss. There are three types of hearing loss: conductive, presbycusis, and
sensorineural.

7-4
 Chapter 7

CONDUCTIVE
7-23. This type of hearing loss occurs when some defect or impediment blocks
sound transmission from the external ear to the inner ear. Wax buildup,
middle-ear fluid, and calcification of the ossicles can all impede the
mechanical transmission of sound. A conductive hearing loss affects mainly
the low frequencies. In most cases, this type of hearing loss can be treated
medically. A hearing aid is often beneficial because the inner ear can still pick
up sounds if they are loud enough. The aviator may fly with a hearing aid if
he or she is given a waiver to continue on flight status.

PRESBYCUSIS
7-24. This type of hearing loss usually results from old age. The hair cells of
the cochlea become less resilient as people age.

SENSORINEURAL
7-25. Sensorineural hearing loss occurs when the hair cells of the cochlea are
damaged in the inner ear. The primary cause is noise exposure, but disease or
aging also can cause this type of hearing loss. Sensorineural hearing loss
caused by noise exposure usually occurs first in the higher frequencies. In
some cases, a hearing aid may benefit, but generally, no known medical cure
exists for this type of hearing loss.

MIXED
7-26. A crew member may have an ear infection that could cause conductive
hearing loss and have been diagnosed with a senorineural hearing loss. The
ear infection is treatable; sensorineural hearing loss is not.

HEARING PROTECTION AND REDUCTION OF VIBRATIONAL

THREAT
INDIVIDUAL RESPONSIBILITY
7-27. Pilots, aircrew members, ground-support troops, and passengers should
wear hearing protection at all times. Hearing loss is one hazard of the
aviation environment that adequate protective measures can minimize.
7-28. The amount of sound protection that a protective device provides is
determined by its fit and condition and, most importantly, by the willingness
and ability of the individual to use it properly. Using individual devices in
combination provides the best hearing protection.
7-29. While individual devices are not foolproof, virtually all noise-induced
hearing loss is preventable if these devices fit properly and are worn on all
flights. Even if hearing has already been affected somewhat, these devices
will help prevent further damage. Hearing protection is ultimately each
individual’s responsibility.

7-5
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

PROTECTIVE DEVICES
7-30. Aircraft noise levels interfere with the speech communication of Army
aircrew members and pose the risk of hearing loss. Protective measures can
reduce the undesirable effects of noise. These measures include—
• Use of personal protective measures.
• Isolation or distancing of crew members from the noise source.

Helmets
7-31. The HGU-56P (Figure 7-1) and SPH-4B (Figure 7-2) aviator helmets are
excellent means of personal protection from the standpoint of noise and crash
attenuation. The helmets, designed primarily for noise protection, provide
noise attenuation exceptionally well in the range of 3,000 to 8,800 hertz.

Figure 7-1. HGU-56P Helmet

Figure 7-2. SPH-4B Flight Helmet

7-6
 Chapter 7

7-32. When worn alone, the SPH-4B and the HGU-56P helmets reduce the
noise exposure to safe limits for every aircraft in the Army inventory except
for the UH-60 (Black Hawk) and CH-47 (Chinook). Table 7-6 shows the
estimated attenuation levels for various types of helmets. The UH-60 and
CH-47 aircraft require both helmet and earplug use to attenuate noise and
prevent hearing loss.
7-33. Ancillary devices worn with the aviator’s helmet can significantly
compromise hearing protection. For example, eyeglass frames break the ear
seal, creating a leak and producing a sound path from outside to inside the
earcup.

Table 7-6. Estimated Attenuation Levels for Helmets and Other Protective Devices

Aircraft Hearing Protector Effective Exposure Level

(dB)
HGU-56 77.0
AH-1S SPH-4B 77.4
SPH-4 83.2

HGU-56 81.3
UH-1H SPH-4B 81.0
SPH-4 85.9
HGU-56 81.6
OH-58D SPH-4B 81.5
SPH-4 86.3

HGU-56 76.9
OH-58C SPH-4B 76.8
SPH-4 81.4
HGU-56 90.6
UH-60A SPH-4B 90.6
SPH-4 95.1
HGU-56 86.8
CH-47D SPH-4B 88.0
SPH-4 93.4
IHADSS (REG) 80.2
AH-64 IHADSS (XL) 83.5

C-12 H-157 Headset 70.5

Communications Earplug
7-34. The communications earplug, Figure 7-3, improves hearing protection
and speech-reception communication. The device includes a miniature
transducer that reproduces speech signals from the internal communication

7-7
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

system. The foam tip acts as a hearing protector, similar to the yellow-foam
earplugs that pilots wear for double hearing protection. A miniature wire
from the CEP connects to the ICS through the mating connector mounted on
the rear of the helmet. The CEP has recently been issued its AWR for all U.S.
Army aircraft using the SPH-4B or HGU-56P helmets and for the M45 ACPM
for all U.S. Army aircraft using the M24 mask. The tested pilot population
has enthusiastically received this communication device. This product is not
yet in the federal stock system. For more information on this product, contact
the U.S. Army School of Aviation Medicine at DSN 558-7680.

Figure 7-3. Communications Earplug

Earplugs
7-35. Insert-Type Earplugs. Insert-type earplugs are among the most
common types of hearing protection now in use. Earplugs need to be
comfortable if they are to do their job. All earplugs tend to work loose because
of talking or vibration and need to be reseated periodically to prevent
inadvertent noise exposure. With properly fitted earplugs, users’ voices will
sound lower and muffled, as if they were talking inside a barrel. Noise
protection with earplugs is 18 to 45 decibels across all frequency bands.
Earplugs may come in three different types: the E-A-R® foam earplug, the V-
51R single-flange earplug, and the SMR triple-flange earplug. Wearing
earplugs for the first time in the cockpit may diminish the ability to hear
communications in the cockpit. Crew members may feel that they have to
concentrate and listen more closely to the transmissions. Once they get used
to listening with the earplugs in place, crew members will find it easier to
hear speech communication.
7-36. E-A-R® Foam Earplug. The E-A-R® yellow-foam earplug has three
qualities: it excels in noise attenuation, comfort, and ease of maintaining a
seal. To ensure maximum attenuation, these plugs should be kept clean and
inserted properly.

7-8
 Chapter 7

7-37. V-51R Single-Flange Earplug. The V-51R single-flange earplug

comes in five different sizes for better fit. Different sizes (extra small, small,
medium, large, and extra large) provide a suitable fit for more than 95
percent of all Army aviation personnel. About 10 percent of aircrew members
need a different size of earplug for each ear. The single-flange earplug may be
cleaned with soap and water.
7-38. SMR Triple-Flange Earplug. The SMR provides about the same
attenuation as the V-51R. Triple-flange earplugs come in three sizes (small,
medium, and large). This earplug is comfortable for most individuals. This
earplug may be cleaned with soap and water.

Combined Hearing Protection

7-39. The polymeric foam (E-A-R®) hand-formed earplug—in combination
with the SPH-4B, HGU-56, and IHADSS helmets—will provide additional
protection from noise generated by all aircraft in the U.S. Army inventory.
Table 7-7 shows exposure levels for various aircraft when the pilot wears the
SPH-4 helmet with each of the three types of earplugs at the pilot’s station.

Table 7-7. Attenuation Levels for Protective Helmets and Earplugs

Protector UH-60A CH-47D AH-1S OH-58 UH-1H

(120 knots) (100 knots) (100 knots) (100 knots) (100 knots)

SPH-4 with 72.6 77.5 70.2 65.7 70.7

triple-flange
plug

SPH-4 with 75.3 78.4 71.5 67.4 71.9

single-
flange
plug

SPH-4 with 70.4 77.3 68.8 63.5 68.8

foam plug

Note: SPH-4B helmet attenuation levels when worn with earplugs are 1 to 2 decibels lower for each
aircraft indicated above. HGU-56 helmet attenuation levels when worn with earplugs are 2 to 3 decibels
lower for each aircraft indicated above.

Earmuffs
7-40. Several types of earmuffs (Figure 7-4) provide adequate sound
protection for ground-support aviation personnel. Most earmuffs that are in
good condition and properly adjusted will attenuate sound as well as properly
fitted earplugs. The earmuffs tend to give slightly more high-frequency
protection and slightly less low-frequency protection than earplugs.

7-9
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

PREVENTIVE MEASURES
7-41. Vibration cannot be eliminated, but its effects on human performance
and physiological functions can be lessened. Various preventive measures can
be taken to reduce the effects of vibration:

Figure 7-4. Earmuff

• Maintain good posture during flight. Sitting straight in the seat will
enhance blood flow throughout the body.
• Restraint systems provide protection against high-magnitude vibration
experienced in extreme turbulence.

CAUTION
Body supports, such as lumbar inserts and added seat
cushions, reduce discomfort and can dampen vibration;
however, during a crash sequence they may increase the
likelihood of injury because of their compression
characteristics. Do not modify the aircraft seats for the sake
of comfort.

• Maintain your equipment. Proper aircraft maintenance, such as blade

tracking, can reduce unnecessary vibration exposure.
• Isolate the aircrew members or passengers. When loading patients on
MEDEVAC aircraft, remember that patients placed on the floor will
experience more vibration than those in the upper racks.
• Limit your exposure time. Make short flights with frequent breaks,
rather than one long flight, if the mission permits.
• Let the aircraft do the work. Do not grip the controls tightly. Vibration
can be transmitted through control linkages during turbulence.
• Maintain excellent physical condition. Fat multiplies vibration while
muscle dampens vibration. Strong muscles act to reduce the magnitude
of oscillations encountered in flight (damping). An overweight aircrew
member is more susceptible to decrements in performance and the
physiological effects of vibration.
• Maintain good physical condition to lessen the effects of fatigue. Being
in good physical condition permits you to continue to function during

7-10
 Chapter 7

extended combat operations with minimum rest. Energy and alertness

keep you alive.
• Maintain sufficient hydration. Drink plenty of fluids, even if you do not
feel thirsty: a minimum of two quarts of water in addition to fluids
taken with meals. Dehydration, coupled with vibration, can cause
fatigue twice as fast and double the time needed for recovery.

7-11
 Chapter 8

Principles and Problems of Vision

Aircrew members rely more on the visual sense than any other sense to
orient themselves in flight. The following visual factors contribute to
aviation performance: good depth perception for safe landings, good
visual acuity to identify terrain features and obstacles in the flight path,
and good color vision. Although vision is the most accurate and reliable
sense, visual cues can be misleading, contributing to incidents occurring
within the flight environment. Aviation personnel must be aware of and
know how to compensate effectively for the following: physical deficiency
or self-imposed stress, such as smoking, which limits night-vision
capability; visual-cue deficiencies; visual limitations, consisting of
degraded visual acuity, dark adaptation, and color and depth perception.
For example, at night, the unaided eye has degraded visual acuity. To
complete the mission safely, aircrew members must learn and effectively
apply proper night-vision viewing techniques to compensate for this
limitation.

VISUAL DEFICIENCIES
8-1. One contributing factor associated in achieving safe and successful
flights is that aviation personnel must be able to recognize and understand
common visual deficiencies. Important eye problems related to degraded
visual acuity and depth perception include myopia, hyperopia, astigmatism,
presbyopia, and retinal rivalry. Surgical procedures to sculpt or reshape the
cornea may also result in visual deficiencies.

MYOPIA
8-2. This condition, often referred to as nearsightedness, is caused by an
error in refraction in which the lens of the eye does not focus an image
directly on the retina. When a myopic person views an image at a distance,
the actual focal point of the eye is in front of the retinal plane (wall), causing
blurred vision. Thus, distant objects are not seen clearly; only nearby objects
are in focus. Figure 8-1 depicts this condition.

NIGHT MYOPIA
8-3. At night, blue wavelengths of light prevail in the visible portion of the
spectrum. Therefore, slightly nearsighted (myopic) individuals viewing
blue-green light at night may experience blurred vision. Even aircrew
members with perfect vision will find that image sharpness decreases as
pupil diameter increases. For individuals with mild refractive errors, these
factors combine to make vision unacceptably blurred unless they wear
corrective glasses.

8-0
 Chapter 8

NORMAL POINT
OF FOCUS

Figure 8-1. Myopia (Nearsightedness)

8-4. Another factor to consider is “dark focus.” When light levels decrease,
the focusing mechanism of the eye may move toward a resting position and
make the eye more myopic. These factors become important when aircrew
members rely on terrain features during unaided night flights. Special
corrective lenses can be prescribed to correct for night myopia.

HYPEROPIA
8-5. Hyperopia is also caused by an error in refraction—the lens of the eye
does not focus an image directly on the retina. In a hyperopic state, when an
aircrew member views a near image, the actual focal point of the eye is
behind the retinal plane (wall), causing blurred vision. Objects that are
nearby are not seen clearly; only more distant objects are in focus. This
problem, referred to as farsightedness, is shown in Figure 8-2.

ASTIGMATISM
8-6. An unequal curvature of the cornea or lens of the eye causes this
condition. A ray of light is spread over a diffuse area in one meridian. In
normal vision, a ray of light is sharply focused on the retina. Astigmatism is
the inability to focus different meridians simultaneously. If, for example,
astigmatic individuals focus on power poles (vertical), the wires (horizontal)
will be out of focus for most of them, as shown in Figure 8-3.

NORMAL POINT
OF FOCUS

Figure 8-2. Hyperopia (Farsightedness)

8-1
FM 3.04.301(1-301)

Figure 8-3. Astigmatism

PRESBYOPIA
8-7. This condition is part of the normal aging process, which causes the lens
to harden. Beginning in their early teens, the human eye gradually loses the
ability to accommodate for and focus on nearby objects. When people are
about 40 years old, their eyes are unable to focus at normal reading distances
without reading glasses. Reduced illumination interferes with focus depth
and accommodation ability. Hardening of the lens may also result in clouding
of the lens (cataract formation). Aviators with early cataracts may see a
standard eye chart clearly under normal daylight but have difficulty seeing
under bright light conditions. This problem is due to the light scattering as it
enters the eye. This glare sensitivity is disabling under certain
circumstances. Glare disability, related to contrast sensitivity, is the ability to
detect objects against varying shades of backgrounds. Other visual functions
decline with age and affect the aircrew member’s performance:
• Dynamic acuity.
• Recovery from glare.
• Function under low illumination.
• Information processing.

RETINAL RIVALRY
8-8. Eyes may experience this problem when attempting to simultaneously
perceive two dissimilar objects independently. This phenomenon may occur
when pilots view objects through the heads-up display in the AH-64 Apache.
If one eye views one image while the other eye views another, conflict arises
in total perception. Quite often, the dominant eye will override the
nondominant eye, possibly causing the information delivered to the
nondominant eye to be missed. Additionally, this rivalry may lead to ciliary
spasms and eye pain. Mental conditioning and practice appear to alleviate
this condition; therefore, retinal rivalry becomes less of a problem as aircrew
members gain experience.

8-2
 Chapter 8

SURGICAL PROCEDURES

Radial Keratotomy
8-9. Radial keratotomy is a surgical procedure that creates multiple radial,
lased, spokelike incisions through the use of an argon laser upon the cornea
of the eye to improve visual acuity. Radial keratotomy permanently
disqualifies an individual from flight for Army aviation. The resulting glare
sensitivity (sparkling effect throughout the viewing field) and tissue scarring
contribute to flight disqualification.

Photorefractive Keratectomy
8-10. PRK is a procedure to correct corneal refractive errors by use of a laser.
The laser has replaced the scalpel in surgical correction of myopia. PRK
ablates or reshapes the central cornea. The effects of this procedure flatten
the cornea, which bends or refracts the light properly on the retina,
correcting the myopic deficiency. This procedure is currently being considered
for approval but, at this time, like radial keratotomy, permanently
disqualifies an individual from flight duty for Army aviation. Irregularity of
the cornea surface causes astigmatism, the most common cause of
disqualification.

LASIK or Keratomileusis
8-11. LASIK is the procedure used to carve and reshape the cornea. Surgeons
use a laser to shave the anterior half of the cornea, creating a flap. The flap is
retracted, and the inner side of the cornea is reshaped with a laser, causing
the cornea to flatten. When the reshaping is completed, the flap is replaced in
its original position and sutured (sewn) back into place, similar to a Band-
Aid® effect. The flatter cornea now bends or refracts the light properly on the
retina. Unlike radial keratotomy or PRK, this technique can correct for severe
myopia and hyperopia. The main adverse effect is irregularity of the corneal
surface, causing astigmatism. In addition, if the flap of an individual who has
undergone this procedure became suddenly unattached in an accident, the
result would be a permanent defect to the cornea and severely degraded
visual acuity. This procedure permanently disqualifies the aircrew member
from flight duty for Army aviation.
8-12. Various surgical procedures are available to correct visual deficiencies;
not all are listed. The procedures described above are currently the most
common. AR 40-501 and AR 95-1 state that all corrective eye surgeries
involving LASIK or PRK or other forms of corrective eye surgery disqualify
Army aircrew members from flight duty. Aircrew members must consult their
flight surgeons before undergoing these procedures.

ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF THE EYE

8-13. Aircrew members are required to understand basic anatomy and
physiology of the eye if they are to use their eyes effectively during flight.
Figure 8-4 shows the basic anatomy of the human eye.

8-3
FM 3.04.301(1-301)

Figure 8-4. Anatomy of the Eye

VISUAL ACUITY
8-14. Visual acuity measures the eye’s ability to resolve spatial detail. The
Snellen visual acuity test is commonly used to measure an individual’s visual
acuity. The Snellen test expresses the comparison of the distance at which a
given set of letters is correctly read to the distance at which the letters would
be read by someone with clinically normal eyesight. Normal visual acuity is
20/20. A value of 20/80 indicates that an individual reads at 20 feet the letters
that an individual with normal acuity (20/20) reads at 80 feet away. The
human eye functions like a camera. It has an instantaneous field of view,
which is oval and typically measures 120 degrees vertically by 150 degrees
horizontally. When two eyes are used for viewing, the overall FOV measures
about 120 degrees vertically by 200 degrees horizontally.

ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY

8-15. When light from an object enters the eye, it passes through the cornea.
The cornea is a circular, transparent protective tissue that projects forward
and protects the eye. Once light travels through the cornea, it enters the
pupil. The pupil is the opening (black center portion) in the center of the iris.
The pupil allows the light to enter the eye to stimulate the retina. The iris is
the round, pigmented (colored) membrane of the eye surrounding the pupil.
For example, for people with brown, green, or hazel eyes, that colored portion
is the iris. The iris adjusts the size of the pupil by using its ciliary muscles,
which are attached to the pupil. The iris adjusts the size of the pupil to
regulate the amount of light entering the eye. When the pupil dilates
(enlarges) under low light levels, it allows more light to enter the eye to
further stimulate the retina. When the pupil constricts (becomes smaller)
under high light levels, it decreases the amount of light entering the eye,
avoiding oversaturation (stimulation) of the retina. Light entering the eye is
regulated so that the retina is not undersaturated or oversaturated with light
images, which would negatively affect visual acuity. Once the light travels
through the pupil, it will strike the lens. The lens is a transparent, biconvex

8-4
 Chapter 8

membrane located behind the pupil. The lens then directs (refracts) the light
upon the retina (the posterior or rear portion of the eye). The retina is a
complex, structured membrane, consisting of 10 layers called the Jacob’s
membrane. The retina contains many tiny photoreceptor cells, called rods and
cones. Once light stimulates the retina, it produces a chemical change within
the photoreceptor cells. When the chemical change occurs, nerve impulses are
stimulated and transmitted to the brain via the optic nerve. The brain
deciphers the impulse and creates a mental image that interprets what the
individual is viewing.

RETINAL PHOTORECEPTOR CELLS

8-16. Rods and Cones. The retinal rod and cone cells are so named because
of their shape. The cone cells are used principally for day or high-intensity
light vision (viewing periods or conditions). The rods are used for night or
low-intensity light vision (viewing periods or conditions). Some of the
characteristics of day and night vision are due to the distribution pattern of
rods and cones on the retina. The center of the retina, the fovea, contains a
very high concentration of cone cells but no rod cells. The concentration of rod
cells begins to increase toward the periphery of the retina.
8-17. Cone Neurology. The retina contains seven million cone cells. Each
cone cell in the fovea is connected to a single nerve fiber that leads directly to
the brain. This single-nerve connection of each foveal cone to the brain means
that each cone generates a nerve impulse under sufficient light levels. This
occurs during daylight or viewing conditions of high-intensity light exposure.
Cone cells provide sharp visual acuity and the perception of color. When crew
members view under low light or dark conditions, cone cells depict shades of
black, gray, and white; crew members will perceive other colors if the light
intensity is heightened by artificial light sources:
• Aircraft position lights.
• Anticollision lights.
• Runway lights.
• Beacon lights.
• Artificial lighting related to metropolitan areas.
8-18. Rod Neurology. There are 120 million rod cells in the retina. Rod cells
have a 10-to-1, up to a 10,000-to-1, ratio of rod cells to neuron cells within the
retina. Because of the large number of rod cells that are connected to each
nerve fiber outside of the fovea, dim light can trigger a nerve impulse to the
brain. The periphery of the retina, where the rods are concentrated, is much
more sensitive to light than is the fovea. This concentration of rods is
responsible for night vision (peripheral vision), which provides for silhouette
recognition of objects. This is also why aircrew members’ eyes are highly
sensitive to light when viewing during low ambient light or dark conditions.

IODOPSIN AND RHODOPSIN

8-19. Vision is possible because of chemical reactions within the eye. The
chemical iodopsin is always present within the cone cells. Iodopsin permits
the cone cells to respond immediately to visual stimulation, regardless of the

8-5
FM 3.04.301(1-301)

level of ambient light. However, rod cells contain an extremely light-sensitive

chemical called rhodopsin, more commonly referred to as visual purple.
Rhodopsin is not always present in the rods because light bleaches it out and
renders the rods inactive to stimulation. So sensitive is rhodopsin that
bright-light exposure can bleach out all visual purple within seconds.

Night Vision
8-20. For night vision to take place, rhodopsin must build up in the rods. The
average time required to gain the greatest sensitivity is 30 to 45 minutes in a
dark environment. When fully sensitized (dark adapted), the rod cells may
become up to 10,000 times more sensitive than at the start of the dark
adaptation period. Through a dilated pupil, total light sensitivity may
increase 100,000 times.

Day Blind Spot

8-21. Because humans have two eyes and view all images with binocular
vision, each eye compensates for the day blind spot in the optic disk of the
opposite eye. The day blind spot covers an area of 5.5 to 7.5 degrees. It is
located about 15 degrees from the fovea and originates where the optic nerve
attaches to the retina. The size of the day blind spot is due to the oval shape
of the optic nerve combined with its offset position where it attaches to the
retina by the 5.5 to 7.5 degrees. Where the optic nerve attaches to the retina,
no photoreceptor cells (cones or rods) are present. The day blind spot only
causes difficulty when individuals do not move their head or eyes but
continue to look straightforward while an object is being brought into the
visual field. Figure 8-5 demonstrates the presence of the day blind spot.

Figure 8-5. Demonstration of the Day Blind Spot

TYPES OF VISION
8-22. The three types of vision (viewing periods) associated with Army
aviation are photopic, mesopic, and scotopic. Each type (viewing period)
requires different sensory stimuli or ambient light conditions.

8-6
 Chapter 8

PHOTOPIC VISION
8-23. Photopic vision, shown in Figure 8-6, is experienced during daylight or
under high levels of artificial illumination. The cones concentrated in the
fovea centralis are primarily responsible for vision in bright light. Because of
the high-level light condition, rod cells are bleached out and become less
effective. Sharp image interpretation and color vision are characteristics of
photopic vision. The fovea centralis is automatically directed toward an object
by a visual fixation reflex. Therefore, under photopic conditions, the eye uses
central vision for interpretation, especially for determining details.

Figure 8-6. Photopic Vision

MESOPIC VISION
8-24. Mesopic vision, shown in Figure 8-7, is experienced at dawn and dusk
and under full moonlight. Vision is achieved by a combination of rods and
cones. Visual acuity steadily decreases with declining light. Color vision is
reduced (degraded) as the light level decreases, and the cones become less
effective. Mesopic vision (viewing period) is the most dangerous of all three
types of vision for aircrew members. How degraded the ambient light
condition is during this type of vision will determine what type of scanning
(viewing) technique that aircrew members should use to detect objects and
maintain a safe and incident-free flight. For example, with the gradual loss of
cone sensitivity, off-center viewing may be necessary to detect objects in and
around the flight path. If aircrew members fail to recognize the need to
change scanning techniques from central or focal viewing to off-center
viewing, incidents may occur.

SCOTOPIC VISION
8-25. Scotopic vision, shown in Figure 8-8, is experienced under low-light
level environments such as partial moonlight and starlight conditions. Cones
become ineffective, causing poor resolution of detail. Visual acuity decreases
to 20/200 or less, and color perception is lost. A central blind spot (night blind
spot) occurs when cone-cell sensitivity is lost. Primary color perception during
scotopic vision is shades of black, gray, and white unless the light source is
high enough in intensity to stimulate the cones. Peripheral vision is primary
for viewing with scotopic vision.

8-7
FM 3.04.301(1-301)

Figure 8-7. Mesopic Vision

Figure 8-8. Scotopic Vision

Night Blind Spot

8-26. The night blind spot, shown in Figure 8-9, should not be confused with
the day blind spot. The night blind spot occurs when the fovea becomes
inactive under low-level light conditions. The night blind spot involves an
area from 5 to 10 degrees wide in the center of the visual field. If an object is
viewed directly at night, it may not be seen because of the night blind spot; if
the object is detected, it will fade away when stared at for longer than two
seconds. The size of the night blind spot increases as the distance between the
eyes and the object increases. Therefore, the night blind spot can hide larger
objects as the distance between the observer and the object increases. Figure
8-10 shows this effect.

8-8
 Chapter 8

Figure 8-9. Night Blind Spot

Figure 8-10. Effects of the Night Blind Spot

Peripheral Vision
8-27. Stimulation of only rod cells (peripheral vision) is primary for viewing
during scotopic vision. Aircrew members must use peripheral vision to
overcome the effects of scotopic vision. Peripheral vision enables aircrew
members to see dimly lit objects and maintain visual reference to moving
objects. The natural reflex of looking directly at an object must be reoriented
through night-vision training. To compensate for scotopic vision, aircrew
members must use searching eye movements to locate an object and small
eye movements to retain sight of the object. Aircrew members must use
off-center viewing. Characteristically, if the eyes are held stationary when
focusing on an object for more than two to three seconds using scotopic vision,
an image may fade away (bleach out) completely.

8-9
FM 3.04.301(1-301)

FACTORS AFFECTING OBJECT VISIBILITY

8-28. The ease with which an object can be seen depends on various factors.
Each factor can either increase or decrease the visibility of an object. The
visibility of an object increases as the—
• Angular size of the object increases as the distance between the object
and the viewer decreases.
• Illumination (overall brightness) of ambient light increases.
• Degree of retinal adaptation increases.
• Color and contrast between the target and background increase.
• Position of the target within the visual field (visibility threshold)
increases.
• The focus of the eye and length of time viewing the object increase.
• Atmospheric clarity increases. ND-15 sunglasses can aid visibility
during viewing conditions of excessive light or brightness.
8-29. As aircraft speed increases, there is interference in the perception of
instantaneous visual pictures. In some cases, it may take one to two seconds
or longer to recognize and consciously assess a complex situation. By the time
that an object is eventually perceived, it may have already been overtaken.
The time that it takes to perceive an object becomes significant to the aircrew
member. Perception time includes the time that it takes—
• The message indicating that an image of an object has been identified
within the visual field and that image information travels from the eye
to the brain to include the time it takes the brain to receive,
comprehend, and identify the information.
• The eye to turn toward and focus on the unknown object.
• An individual to recognize the object and determine its importance.
• To transmit a decision to move muscles and cause the aircraft to
respond to control inputs.

DARK ADAPTATION

8-30. Dark adaptation is the process by which the eyes increase their
sensitivity to low levels of illumination. Rhodopsin (visual purple) is the
substance in the rods responsible for light sensitivity. The degree of dark
adaptation increases as the amount of visual purple in the rods increases
through biochemical reaction. Each person adapts to darkness in varying
degrees and at different rates. For example, for the person viewing in a
darkened movie theater, the eye adapts quickly to the prevailing level of
illumination. However, compared to the light level of a moonless night, the
light level within the movie theater is high. Another example is that a person
requires less time to adapt to complete darkness after viewing in a darkened
theater than after viewing in a lighted hangar, the lower the starting level of
illumination, the less time is required for adaptation.
8-31. Dark adaptation for optimal night-vision acuity approaches its
maximum level in about 30 to 45 minutes under minimal lighting conditions.

8-10
 Chapter 8

If the eyes are exposed to a bright light after dark adaptation, their
sensitivity is temporarily impaired. The degree of impairment depends on the
intensity and duration of the exposure. Brief flashes from high-intensity,
white (xenon) strobe lights, which are commonly used as anticollision lights
on aircraft, have little effect on night vision. This is true because the energy
pulses are of such short duration (milliseconds). Exposure to a flare or a
searchlight longer than one second can seriously impair night vision.
Depending on the brightness (intensity), duration of exposure, or repeated
exposures, an aircrew member’s recovery time to regain complete dark
adaptation could take from several minutes to the full 45 minutes or longer.
8-32. Exposure to bright sunlight also has a cumulative and adverse effect on
dark adaptation. Reflective surfaces—such as sand, snow, water, or
man-made structures—intensify this condition. Exposure to intense sunlight
for two to five hours decreases visual sensitivity for up to five hours. In
addition, the rate of dark adaptation and the degree of night visual acuity
decrease. These cumulative effects may persist for several days.
8-33. The retinal rods are least affected by the wavelength of a dim red light.
Figure 8-11 compares rod and cone cell sensitivities. Because rods are
stimulated by low ambient light levels, red lights do not significantly impair
night vision if the proper techniques are used. To minimize the adverse effect
of red lights on night vision, crew members should adjust the light intensity
to the lowest usable level and view instruments for only a short time.
8-34. Illness also adversely affects dark adaptation. A fever and a feeling of
unpleasantness are normally associated with illness. High body temperatures
consume oxygen at a higher-than-normal rate. This oxygen depletion may
induce hypoxia and degrade night vision. In addition, the unpleasant feeling
that is associated with sickness is distracting and may restrict the aircrew
member’s ability to concentrate on flight duties and responsibilities.

Figure 8-11. Photopic (Cone) and Scotopic (Rod) Sensitivity to Various Colors

NIGHT-VISION PROTECTION
8-35. Aircrew members should attain maximum dark adaptation in the
minimal possible time. In addition, aircrew members must protect themselves
against the loss of night vision. There are several methods for accomplishing
these requirements.

8-11
FM 3.04.301(1-301)

PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

Sunglasses
8-36. When exposed to bright sunlight for prolonged periods, aircrew
members should wear military-issued, neutral-density sunglasses (ND-15) or
equivalent filter lenses when anticipating a night flight. This precaution
minimizes the negative effects of sunlight (solar glare) on rhodopsin
production, which maximizes the rate of dark adaptation and improves night
vision sensitivity and acuity.

Red-Lens Goggles
8-37. Aircrew members, if possible, should wear approved red-lens goggles or
view under red lighting before executing night-flying operations to achieve
complete dark adaptation. This procedure allows aircrew members to begin
dark adaptation in an artificially illuminated room before flight. Red lighting
and red-lens goggles do not significantly interfere with the production of
rhodopsin to stimulate the effectiveness of the rods for night vision. Red
lighting and red-lens goggles decrease the possibility of undesirable effects
from accidental exposure to bright lights; this is especially true when aviators
are going from the briefing room to the flight line. Exposure to a bright-light
source, however, lengthens the time for aircrew members wearing red-lens
goggles to achieve dark adaptation. If the light source is high enough in
intensity and duration of exposure is prolonged when viewing with red-lens
goggles, aircrew members will not achieve complete dark adaptation.
Red-lens goggles or red illumination does reduce dark adaptation time and
may preserve up to 90 percent of the dark adaptation in both eyes. Aircrew
members will not use red lighting or red-lens goggles when viewing inside or
outside of the aircraft during flight. Red lighting is a longer nanometer,
which is very fatiguing to the eyes. In addition, for aircrew members viewing
under red lighting, the reds and browns found on nontactical maps not
constructed for red-light use will bleach out.

Supplemental Oxygen Equipment

8-38. When flying at or above 4,000 feet pressure altitude, aircrews should
use pressure-altitude supplemental oxygen if available. Adverse effects upon
night vision set in at 4,000 feet pressure altitude. Effective night vision
depends on the optimal function and sensitivity of the retinal rods. Lack of
oxygen (hypoxia) significantly reduces rod sensitivity, increases the time
required for dark adaptation, and decreases night vision. AR 95-1 describes
the requirements of supplemental oxygen use related to pressure altitudes.

PROTECTIVE MEASURES

Cockpit Light Adjustment

8-39. Instrument, cockpit, and rear cargo area overhead lights (if applicable)
should be adjusted to the lowest readable level that allows instruments,
charts, and maps to be interpreted without prolonged staring or exposure.
Although blue-green lighting at low intensities can also be used in cockpits
without significantly disrupting unaided night vision and dark adaptation,
items printed in blue-green may wash out. The use of blue-green lighting,

8-12
 Chapter 8

however, has several benefits. Blue-green light falls naturally on the retinal
wall and allows the eye to focus easily on maps, approach plates, and
instruments; blue-green lighting results in less eye fatigue. In addition, the
intensity necessary for blue-green lighting is less than that for red lighting
and results in a decreased infrared signature as well as less glare. When
blue-green lighting is used properly, the decrease in light intensity and the
ease of focusing make it more effective for night vision.

Exterior Light Adjustment

8-40. Exterior lights should be dimmed or turned off if possible and the
mission permits. Aviators should consult command policy for local
procedures.

Light-Flash Compensation
8-41. Pilots should turn the aircraft away from the light source if a flash of
high-intensity light is expected from a specific direction. The aircraft should
also be maneuvered away from flares. When flares are illuminating the
viewing area or are inadvertently ignited nearby, the pilot should maneuver
to a position along the periphery of the illuminated area. The aircraft should
be turned so that vision is directed away from the light source. This
procedure minimizes exposure to the light source. When lightning or other
unexpected conditions occur, crew members can preserve their dark
adaptation by covering or closing one eye while using the other eye to
observe. When the light source is no longer present, the eye that was covered
provides the night-vision capability required for flight. The time spent
expending ordnance should be limited. Minimizing this time decreases the
effect of flash from aerial weapon systems and keeps the light level low.
When firing automatic weapons, crew members should use short bursts of
fire. If a direct view of the light source cannot be avoided, cover or close one
eye. Remember that dark adaptation occurs independently in each eye. Depth
perception will be severely degraded or lost, however, because both eyes are
no longer completely dark adapted.

NIGHT-VISION TECHNIQUES
8-42. The human eye functions less efficiently at reduced ambient light levels.
This reduction limits an aircrew member’s visual acuity. Normal color vision
decreases and finally disappears as the cones become inactive and the rods
begin to function. Tower beacons, runway lights, or other colored lights can
still be identified if the light is of sufficient intensity to activate the cones.
Normal central daylight vision also decreases because of the night blind spot
that develops in low illumination or dark viewing conditions. Therefore, the
proper techniques for night-vision viewing must be used to overcome the
reduced visual acuity at lower light levels.

OFF-CENTER VISION
8-43. Viewing an object with central vision during daylight poses no
limitation. If this same technique is used at night, however, the object may
not be seen. This is due to the night blind spot that exists under low light

8-13
FM 3.04.301(1-301)

illumination. To compensate for this limitation, off-center vision must be

used. Figure 8-12 illustrates the off-center vision technique. With this
technique, crew members view an object by looking 10 degrees above, below,
or to either side rather than directly at the object. Thus, the eyes can
maintain visual contact with an object via peripheral vision. Aircrew
members should avoid viewing objects for either too short or too long a time.
8-44. Rapid head or eye movements and fixations decrease the integrating
capability of the dark-adapted eye. A steady fixation lasting one-half to one
second achieves the maximum sensitivity.
8-45. An object viewed longer than two to three seconds tends to bleach out
and become one solid tone. Therefore, the object can no longer be seen. This
creates a potentially unsafe operating condition. The aircrew member must
be aware of the phenomenon and avoid viewing an object longer than two to
three seconds. By shifting the eyes from one off-center point to another, the
aircrew member can see the object in the peripheral field of vision.

Figure 8-12. Off-Center Vision Technique

SCANNING
8-46. During daylight, objects can be perceived at a great distance with good
detail. At night, the range is limited and detail is poor. Objects along the
flight path can be more readily identified at night when aircrew members use
the proper techniques to scan the terrain. To scan effectively, aircrew
members look from right to left or left to right. They should begin scanning at
the greatest distance at which an object can be perceived (top) and move
inward toward the position of the aircraft (bottom). Figure 8-13 shows this
scanning pattern. Because the light-sensitive elements of the retina are
unable to perceive images that are in motion, a stop-turn-stop-turn motion
should be used. For each stop, an area about 30 degrees wide should be
scanned. This viewing angle will include an area about 250 meters wide at a

8-14
 Chapter 8

distance of 500 meters. The duration of each stop is based on the degree of
detail that is required, but no stop should last more than two or three
seconds. When moving from one viewing point to the next, aircrew members
should overlap the previous field of view by 10 degrees. This scanning
technique allows greater clarity in observing the periphery. Other scanning
techniques, as illustrated in Figure 8-14, may be developed to fit the
situation.

Figure 8-13. Scanning Pattern

Figure 8-14. Typical Scanning Techniques

SHAPES OR SILHOUETTES
8-47. Because visual acuity is reduced at night, objects must be identified by
their shapes or silhouettes. To use this technique, the aircrew member must

8-15
FM 3.04.301(1-301)

be familiar with the architectural design of structures in the area covered by

the mission. A silhouette of a building with a high roof and steeple can easily
by recognized as a church in the United States. However, religious buildings
in other parts of the world may have low-pitched roofs with no distinguishing
features, to include cylinder-shaped structures. For example, the
cylinder-shaped structures attached to Muslim mosques (religious temples),
called minarets, are similar in shape to the silos attached to barns in the
United States. Features depicted on the map will also aid in recognizing
silhouettes.

DISTANCE ESTIMATION AND DEPTH PERCEPTION

8-48. The cues to distance estimation and depth perception are easy to
recognize when aircrew members use central vision under good illumination.
As light levels decrease, their ability to judge distance accurately degrades
and their eyes are vulnerable to illusions. Aircrew members can better judge
distance at night if they understand the mechanisms of visual cues related to
distance estimation and depth perception. Distance can be estimated by using
individual cues or by using a variety of cues. Aircrew members normally use
subconscious factors to determine distance. They can more accurately
estimate distance if they understand those factors and then learn to look for
or be aware of other distance cues. These cues to distance or depth perception
may be monocular or binocular.

BINOCULAR CUES
8-49. Binocular cues depend on the slightly different view each eye has of an
object. Thus, binocular perception is of value only when the object is close
enough to make a perceptible difference in the viewing angle of both eyes. In
the flight environment, most distances outside the cockpit are so great that
the binocular cues are of little, if any, value. In addition, binocular cues
operate on a more subconscious level than do monocular cues. Study and
training will not greatly improve them; therefore, they are not covered in this
publication.

MONOCULAR CUES
8-50. Several monocular cues aid in distance estimation and depth
perception. These cues are geometric perspective, motion parallax, retinal
image size, and aerial perspective. They can be remembered by the acronym
GRAM.

Geometric Perspective
8-51. An object appears to have a different shape when crew members view it
at varying distances and from different angles. The types of geometric
perspective include linear perspective, apparent foreshortening, and vertical
position in the field. Figure 8-15 illustrates these. They can be remembered
by the acronym LAV.

8-16
 Chapter 8

Figure 8-15. Geometric Perspective

8-52. Linear Perspective. Parallel lines, such as railroad tracks, tend to

converge as distance from the observer increases. This is illustrated in part A
of Figure 8-15.
8-53. Apparent Foreshortening. The true shape of an object or terrain
feature appears elliptical (oval and narrowed appearance) when viewed from
a distance when aircrew members are flying at both higher and lower
altitudes. As the distance to the object or terrain feature decreases, the
apparent perspective changes to its true shape or form. When flying at lower
altitudes and viewing at greater distances, aircrew members may not view
objects clearly. If the mission permits, pilots should gain altitude and
decrease distance from the viewing area to compensate for this perspective.
That is, once the aircraft increases in altitude and distance between the
aircraft and the viewing area decreases, the viewing field widens and
enlarges so that objects within that field of view become apparent. Part B of
Figure 8-15 illustrates how the shape of a body of water changes when viewed
at different distances while the aircraft maintains the same altitude.
8-54. Vertical Position in the Field. Objects or terrain features that are at
greater distances from the observer appear higher on the horizon than do
those that are closer to the observer. In part C of Figure 8-15, the higher
vehicle appears to be closer to the top and is judged as being at a greater
distance from the observer. Before flight, aircrew members should already be
familiar with the actual sizes, heights, or altitudes of known objects or terrain
features within and around the planned flight route. If the situation and time
permit, aircrew members can reference published information to verify actual
sizes, heights of objects, and terrain features within their flight path. In
addition, the aircrew members should cross-reference their aircraft’s altitude
indicator to confirm that actual aircraft altitude is adequate to safely
negotiate the object or terrain feature without prematurely changing the
aircraft’s heading, altitude, or attitude or a combination of these.

8-17
FM 3.04.301(1-301)

Motion Parallax
8-55. This is often considered the most important cue to depth perception.
Motion parallax refers to the apparent, relative motion of stationary objects
as viewed by an observer who is moving across the landscape. Near objects
appear to move past or opposite the path of motion; far objects seem to move
in the direction of motion or remain fixed. The rate of apparent movement
depends on the distance that the observer is from the objects. Objects near
the aircraft appear to move rapidly, while distant objects appear to be almost
stationary. Thus, objects that appear to be moving rapidly are judged to be
near while those moving slowly are judged to be at a greater distance. Motion
parallax can be apparent during flight. One example is an aircraft flying at
5,000 feet AGL. At that altitude, the terrain off in the distance appears to be
stationary. The terrain immediately below and to either side of the aircraft
may appear to be moving slowly, depending on the forward airspeed of the
aircraft. The opposite is true when an aircraft descends to 80 feet AHO with a
forward airspeed of 120 knots. The terrain and objects in the horizon appear
to move at a faster rate, while the terrain and objects underneath and to
either side of the aircraft appear to pass by at a high rate of speed.

Retinal Image Size

8-56. Distance Estimation. An image focused on the retina is perceived by
the brain to be of a given size. The factors that aid in determining distance
using the retinal image are known size of objects, increasing and decreasing
size of objects, terrestrial association, and overlapping contours or
interposition of objects. These factors can be remembered by the acronym
KITO.
8-57. Known Size of Objects. The nearer an object is to the observer, the
larger its retinal image. By experience, the brain learns to estimate the
distance of familiar objects by the size of their retinal image. Figure 8-16
shows how this method is used. A structure projects a specific angle on the
retina, based on its distance from the observer. If the angle is small, the
observer judges the structure to be at a great distance. A larger angle
indicates to the observer that the structure is close. To use this cue, the
observer must know the actual size of the object and have prior visual
experience with it. If no experience exists, aircrew members determine the
distance to an object primarily by motion parallax.

Figure 8-16. Known Size of Object Used to Determine Distance

8-18
 Chapter 8

8-58. Increasing or Decreasing Size of Objects. If the retinal image of an

object increases in size, the object is moving closer to the observer. If the
retinal image decreases, the object is moving farther away. If the retinal
image is constant, the object is at a fixed distance.
8-59. Terrestrial Association. Comparison of one object, such as an airfield,
with another object of known size, such as a helicopter, will help to determine
the relative size and apparent distance of the object from the observer. Figure
8-17 shows that that objects ordinarily associated together are judged to be at
about the same distance. For example, a helicopter that is observed near an
airport is judged to be in the traffic pattern and, therefore, at about the same
distance as the airfield.

Figure 8-17. Terrestrial Association of Objects Used to Determine Distance

8-60. Overlapping Contours or Interposition of Objects. When objects

overlap, the overlapped object is farther away. For example, an object partly
concealed by another object is behind the object that is concealing it. Aircrew
members must be especially conscious of this cue when making an approach
for landing at night. Lights disappearing or flickering in the landing area
should be treated as barriers, and the flight path should be adjusted
accordingly. Figure 8-18 illustrates overlapping contour.

Figure 8-18. Overlapping Contour Used to Determine Distance

Aerial Perspective
8-61. The clarity of an object and the shadow cast by it are perceived by the
brain and are cues for estimating distance. To determine distance with these
aerial perspectives, aircrew members use the factors discussed below.

8-19
FM 3.04.301(1-301)

8-62. Fading of Colors or Shades. Objects viewed through haze, fog, or

smoke are seen less distinctly and appear to be at a greater distance than
they actually are. If atmospheric transmission of light is unrestricted, an
object is seen more distinctly and appears to be closer than it actually is. For
example, the cargo helicopter in Figure 8-19 is larger than the observation
helicopter, but because of the difference in viewing distance and size, they
both project the same angle on the observer’s retina. From this cue alone,
assuming the observer has no previous experience with their appearance,
both helicopters appear to be the same size. However, if the cargo helicopter
is known to be a larger aircraft but is seen less distinctly because of visibility
restrictions, it would be judged to be farther away and larger than the
observation helicopter. Another example is that aircrew members may not be
able to distinguish green from red anticollision lights and the actual interval
between aircraft when an additional aircraft is operating at a distance. Both
lights may appear to be white, and in addition, they may even blend in with
the surrounding foreground.

Figure 8-19. Fading Color or Shade Used to Determine Distance

8-63. Loss of Detail or Texture. The farther from an object that an

observer is, the less apparent discrete details become. For example, a
cornfield at a distance becomes a solid color, leaves and branches of a tree
become a solid mass, and objects are judged to be at a great distance. With
the aircraft operating on the ground, crew members view the grass or gravel
immediately below, in front of, or alongside the aircraft. As the aircraft slowly
ascends, they maintain a view of that grass or gravel. Aircrew members will
notice that, as the aircraft ascends, the clarity and detail of the grass is
fading and eventually blends in with the terrain as a whole, causing the
viewer not to be able to identify blades of grass or gravel. Environmental
factors increase the effects of degraded texture and detail of objects
throughout the visual field. This loss of detail, in turn, severely decreases
depth perception and is a contributing factor in relation to aircrew members’
misjudgments of what is seen or not seen and the occurrence of incidents
related to those misjudgments.
8-64. Position of Light Source and Direction of Shadow. Every object
will cast a shadow if there is a source of light. The direction in which the

8-20
 Chapter 8

shadow is cast depends on the position of the light source. If the shadow is
cast toward the observer, the object is closer than the light source to the
observer. Figure 8-20 shows how light and shadow help determine distance.

Figure 8-20. Position of Light Source and Direction of Shadow Used to Determine Distance

VISUAL ILLUSIONS
8-65. As visual information decreases, the probability of spatial disorientation
increases. Reduced visual references also create several illusions that can
cause spatial disorientation. Chapter 9 covers these illusions in more detail.

METEOROLOGICAL CONDITIONS AND NIGHT VISION

8-66. Although a flight may begin with clear skies and unrestricted visibility,
meteorological conditions may deteriorate during flight. Because of reduced
vision at night, clouds can appear gradually and easily go undetected by
aircrew members. The aircraft may even enter the clouds inadvertently and
without warning. At low altitudes, fog and haze can be encountered. Visibility
can deteriorate gradually or suddenly. Because it is difficult to detect adverse
weather at night, crew members should be constantly aware of changing
weather conditions. The following conditions are indicators of adverse
weather at night.
8-67. The ambient light level is gradually reduced as cloud coverage
increases. Visual acuity and contrast of terrain features are lost, possibly to
complete obscurity. If this condition should occur, pilots should initiate
inadvertent IMC procedures. Aircrew members must follow their local SOPs
and command directives and realize that inadvertent IMC at night is one of
the leading causes of Class A mishaps.

8-21
FM 3.04.301(1-301)

8-68. If the moon and stars cannot be seen, clouds are present. The less
visible the stars and moon, the heavier the cloud coverage.
8-69. Clouds obscuring the illumination of the moon create shadows. These
shadows can be detected by observing the varying levels of ambient light
along the flight route.
8-70. The halo effect, which is observed around ground lights, indicates the
presence of moisture and possible ground fog. As the fog and moisture
increase, the intensity of the lights will decrease. This same effect is apparent
during flight. As moisture increases, the light that is emitted from the
aircraft is reflected back upon the aircraft. When this reflection occurs, it is
possible to misjudge terrain features, man-made structures, and the actual
position, heading, and altitude of other aircraft including the layout and
height of the terrain below.
8-71. The presence of fog over water surfaces indicates that the temperature
and dew point are equal. It also indicates that fog may soon form over ground
areas.

SELF-IMPOSED STRESS AND VISION

8-72. The normal aviation stress that aircrew members experience in flight,
such as altitude, may not be controllable and may affect mission performance
somewhat. In addition, those involved in aviation must cope with
self-imposed stress. Unlike aviation stress, aircrew members themselves can
control self-imposed stress. The factors that cause this stress are drugs,
exhaustion, alcohol, tobacco, and hypoglycemia and nutrition. These factors,
shown in Figure 8-21, can be remembered by the acronym DEATH (refer to
AR 40-8).

Figure 8-21. Self-Imposed Stress Factors

DRUGS
8-73. Adverse side effects associated with drug use are illness and
degradation in motor skills, awareness level, and reaction time. Aircrew

8-22
 Chapter 8

members who become ill should consult the flight surgeon. Crew members
should avoid self-medicating; it is unauthorized for flight personnel. AR 40-8
contains restrictions on drug use while on flight status.

EXHAUSTION
8-74. Tiredness reduces mental alertness. In situations that require
immediate reaction, exhaustion causes aircrew members to respond more
slowly. They tend to concentrate on one aspect of a situation without
considering the total environment. Rather than use proper scanning
techniques, they are prone to stare, which may cause incidents. Good physical
conditioning should decrease fatigue and improve night-scanning efficiency.
However, excessive exercise in a given day can lead to increased fatigue.
Night flying is more stressful than day flying. Aircrew members should follow
prescribed crew-rest policies. Multiple factors cause exhaustion; normally,
exhaustion does not set in from one factor alone. Contributing factors
associated with exhaustion include poor diet habits, lack of rest, poor sleeping
patterns, poor physical condition, an inadequate exercise routine,
environmental factors, dehydration, and combat stress. In combination, these
can create exhaustion. Common side effects associated with exhaustion
include altered levels of concentration, awareness, and attentiveness;
increased drowsiness (nodding off or falling asleep); and ineffective
night-vision viewing techniques (staring, rather than scanning).

ALCOHOL
8-75. Alcohol causes a person to become uncoordinated and impairs judgment.
It hinders the aircrew member’s ability to view properly. The aircrew member
is likely to stare at objects and neglect proper scanning techniques,
particularly at night. In addition, as is indicated by the physiological response
of the body to a hangover, the effects of alcohol are long lasting. Alcohol
induces histotoxic hypoxia, which is the poisoning of the bloodstream,
interfering with the use of oxygen by body tissues. One ounce of alcohol in the
bloodstream at sea level places an individual at 2,000 feet physiologically.
Every ounce of alcohol in the bloodstream at sea level increases the body’s
physiological altitude. For example, an individual who consumes three ounces
of alcohol at sea level and is then placed at 4,000 feet actual pressure altitude
has a physiological altitude of 10,000 feet. Now, combined with the histotoxic
hypoxia effects is hypoxic hypoxia. This individual’s time of useful
consciousness is severely impaired. If the flight is longer than 60 minutes, the
individual may become unconscious and may even die from lack of oxygen, by
textbook definition (AR 95-1, altitude restrictions without the use of
supplemental oxygen). The guidance for performing or resuming aircrew
member duties when alcohol is involved is 12 hours after the last consumed
alcohol with no residual physiological effects present. Aircrew member duties
include preflight and postflight actions, to include maintenance; they are not
limited to actual operation of the aircraft or flight. Detrimental effects
associated with the consumption of alcohol include poor judgment, decision
making, perception, reaction time, coordination, and scanning techniques
(tendency to stare at objects).

8-23
FM 3.04.301(1-301)

TOBACCO
8-76. Of all self-imposed stresses, cigarette smoking decreases visual
sensitivity at night the most. The hemoglobin of the red blood cells has a 200
to 300 times greater affinity for carbon monoxide than for oxygen. That is, the
hemoglobin accepts the carbon monoxide far more rapidly than it will accept
oxygen. During normal pulmonary perfusion (gas exchange within the lungs),
carbon dioxide is released from the bloodstream when an individual exhales.
When an individual inhales, the normal action is that oxygen is absorbed into
the blood (hemoglobin of the red blood cell); thus, normal levels of oxygen and
other gas levels are being maintained within the bloodstream. Smoking
increases CO, which in turn, reduces the capacity of the blood to carry
oxygen. The hypoxia that results from this increase in carbon monoxide is
hypemic hypoxia, which negatively affects the aircrew member’s peripheral
vision and dark adaptation. If, for example, an individual smokes 3 cigarettes
in rapid succession or 20 to 40 cigarettes within a 24-hour period, the carbon
monoxide content of the blood is raised 8 to 10 percent. The physiological
effect at ground level is the same as flying at 5,000 feet. More importantly,
the smoker has lost about 20 percent of night-vision capability at sea level.
Table 8-1 compares reduced night vision at varying altitudes for smokers and
nonsmokers.

Table 8-1. Percentage Reduction of Night Vision at Varying Altitudes for Smokers and
Nonsmokers

Altitude Nonsmoker Smoker

(feet) (%) (%)
4,000 Sea Level 20
6,000 5 25
10,000 20 40
14,000 35 55
16,000 40 50

HYPOGLYCEMIA AND NUTRITIONAL DEFICIENCY

8-77. Aviation personnel should avoid missing or postponing meals. They
should also avoid supplementing primary meals with fast sugars (for
example, sodas and candy bars). These foods and beverages can cause low
blood-sugar levels. Low blood-sugar levels may result in hunger pangs,
distraction, a breakdown in habit patterns, a shortened attention span, and
other physiological changes. Supplementing with fast sugars as the primary
diet will, on average, sustain the individual for up to 30 to 45 minutes. The
negative effects will then increase in intensity. Not only can an improper diet
cause hypoglycemia, but a diet that is deficient in Vitamin A can also impair
night vision. Vitamin A is an essential element in the buildup of rhodopsin
(visual purple) for stimulation of the rod cells. Without this buildup of
rhodopsin, night vision is severely degraded. An adequate intake of Vitamin
A—through a balanced diet that includes such foods as eggs, butter, cheese,
liver, carrots, and most green vegetables—will help maintain visual acuity.
Aircrew members must consult a flight surgeon before consuming Vitamin A
supplements that are not organic to the foods noted above.

8-24
 Chapter 8

NERVE AGENTS AND NIGHT VISION

8-78. Night vision is adversely affected when the eyes are exposed to minute
amounts of nerve agents. When direct contact occurs, the pupils constrict
(miosis) and do not dilate in low ambient light. The available automatic
chemical alarms are not sensitive enough to detect the low concentrations of
nerve-agent vapor that can cause miosis.
8-79. The exposure time required to cause miosis depends on agent
concentration. Miosis may occur gradually as eyes are exposed to low
concentrations over a long period. On the other hand, exposure to a high
concentration can cause miosis during the few seconds it takes to put on a
protective mask. Repeated exposure over a period of days is cumulative.
8-80. The symptoms of miosis range from minimal to severe, depending on
the dosage to the eye. Severe miosis, with the resulting reduced ability to see
in low ambient light, persists for about 48 hours after onset. The pupil
gradually returns to normal over several days. Full recovery may take up to
20 days. Repeated exposure within the affected time will be cumulative.
8-81. The onset of miosis is insidious because it is not always immediately
painful. Miotic subjects may not recognize their condition, even when they
carry out tasks requiring vision in low ambient light. After an attack by nerve
agents, especially the more persistent types, commanders should assume that
some loss of night vision has occurred among personnel otherwise fit for duty
and consider grounding the aircrew members until they fully recover. All
exposed aircrew members and aircraft-related maintenance personnel must
consult medical personnel and the flight surgeon immediately after exposure.

FLIGHT HAZARDS
8-82. Solar glare, bird strikes, nuclear flash, and lasers are possible hazards
that an aircrew member may encounter during low-level flight.

SOLAR GLARE
8-83. Glare from direct, reflected, or scattered sunlight causes discomfort and
reduces visual acuity. To reduce or eliminate discomfort, every aircrew
member should wear, lowered, the tinted visor or wear issued ND-15
sunglasses with the clear visor. Day blindness can occur in areas of extreme
solar glare (in snow, over water, or in desert environments).

BIRD STRIKES
8-84. This hazard can occur during the day or at night during low-level flight.
Cockpit windshields are designed to withstand impacts, but the potential
exists for shattering. According to the FAA, if an aircraft traveling at an
airspeed equivalent to a 120-mile-per-hour ground speed strikes a two-pound
seagull, the force exerted would be equal to 4,800 pounds. Some antiaircraft
rounds exert less force than that. Therefore, the clear visor for night flights
and the tinted visor for day flights (if the viewing environment warrants)
should be worn (lowered) by aircrew members. These visors would not only
protect their eyes from the remains of the bird but also, more importantly,
from the glass fragments of the windshield.

8-25
FM 3.04.301(1-301)

NUCLEAR FLASH
8-85. A fireball from a nuclear explosion can produce flash blindness and
cause retinal burns. By day, the optical blink reflex should prevent retinal
burns from distances where survival is possible. At night, when the pupil is
dilated, retinal burns are possible and indirect flash blindness can deprive
aircrew members of all useful vision for periods exceeding one minute. No
practical protection against nuclear flash has been developed.

LASERS
8-86. Mobile military lasers currently work by converting electrical and
chemical energy into light. This light can be either continuously emitted or
collected over time and suddenly released. A laser is light amplified by a
stimulated emission of radiation through one prism or a series of multiple
prisms, which increases the laser-light frequency and intensity. The beam of
light produced is usually less than one inch in diameter; the beam may or
may not be visible to the naked eye (ultraviolet, infrared, and thermal lasers).
Laser range finders and target designators, except for thermal infrared
lasers, operate by accumulating and suddenly releasing light energy in the
form of a crystal rod. This rod is about the size of a cigarette. The laser pulse
is controlled by an electrical signal that turns the laser on and off. Laser
pulses travel at the speed of light—300,000 kilometers per second. During a
laser pulse, when the laser is actually emitting light, the power output is an
average of about 3 megawatts (3 million watts) along a narrow beam. About
90 percent of the energy emitted is contained in this narrow beam. This
characteristic of lasers makes them useful as range finders and target
designators but also makes them dangerous to human eyes. Lasers can
damage eyes from a considerable distance although the diameter of the laser
beam widens as distance increases, thus reducing its energy level. Distance is
the best protection, but if that is not possible, then protective ballistic and
laser protective eyewear goggles or visors may offer limited protection. These
BLPs are laser-frequency specific. Aircrew members need to identify what
type of laser-frequency threat that they may encounter to receive the correct
type of BLP eyewear from their unit ALSE technician. Smoke, fog, and dust
weaken laser light. A useful rule is that “if you see the target through smoke,
laser energy can hit the target and the laser energy can also strike your
eyes.” In daylight, even visual-light lasers are “invisible” unless there is
smoke, mist, or fog in the air. The four major classes of directed-energy
systems are high-energy lasers, low-energy lasers, radio-frequency lasers,
and particle-beam lasers. The following is a breakdown of all four
classifications.

Class 1
8-87. Class 1 laser devices do not emit hazardous laser radiation under any
operating or viewing condition. These lasers include those that are fully
enclosed; for example, PAQ-4A/B/C infrared aiming lights and many of the
laser marksmanship trainers.

8-26
 Chapter 8

Class 2
8-88. Class 2 laser devices are usually continuous-wave visible laser devices.
Precautions are required to prevent staring into the direct beam. Momentary
exposure (greater than 0.25 second) is not considered hazardous; for example,
current (updated) laser pointers, construction lasers, and alignment lasers.

Class 3a
8-89. Class 3a lasers normally are not hazardous unless crew members view
them with magnifying optics from within the beam. These type of lasers
include visible and invisible frequency lasers; for example, a miniature
eye-safe laser infrared observation set, commonly known as melios.

Class 3b
8-90. Class 3b lasers are potentially hazardous if the direct or specularly
reflected beam is viewed by unprotected eyes. Care is required to prevent
intrabeam (within the beam) viewing and to control specular (such as from
mirrors or still water) reflections. This type of laser includes many range
finders and the AIM-1, GCP-1, and AN/PEQ-2A laser pointers.

Class 4
8-91. Class 4 lasers are pulsed, visible, and near-infrared lasers that can
produce diffuse reflections, fire, and skin hazards (especially to the eyes).
These lasers have an average output of 500 milliwatts or more. Safety
precautions generally consist of using door interlocks to protect personnel
entering the laser facility from exposure, using baffles to terminate primary
and secondary beams, and wearing protective eyewear and clothing. Aircrew
members exposed to this type of laser inadvertently or without prior warning
would receive serious retinal burns within tenths of a second exposure time if
their eyes were unprotected. For military operations during peacetime, these
lasers are normally operated only on cleared, approved laser ranges or while
personnel are using appropriate eye/skin protection. However, actual
opposing forces may intentionally expose crew members to deplete the
aircrew’s fighting capability. This class of laser includes industrial welders
and target-designator lasers.

PROTECTIVE MEASURES
BUILT-IN PROTECTIVE MEASURES
8-92. Filters can stop laser light. These filters are pieces of glass or plastic
that absorb or reflect light of a given color (wavelength). Sunglasses are
especially created to filter visual light. An infrared or ultraviolet laser will
pass through these types of glass and still damage the eyes. Presently, the
Army has protective eyewear that will assist in preventing ocular injuries
from certain types of lasers; for example, B-LPs.

8-27
FM 3.04.301(1-301)

PASSIVE PROTECTIVE MEASURES

8-93. Passive protective measures also help protect from laser injury. Passive
protective measures consist of—
• Taking cover.
• Getting out of the path of the laser beam.
• Using available protective gear.
• Keeping all exposed skin areas covered to prevent skin burns.

ACTIVE PROTECTIVE MEASURES

8-94. Active protective measures consist of—
• Using countermeasures, as taught or directed by the unit commander.
• Applying evasive action.
• Scanning the battlefield with one eye or monocular optics.
• Minimizing the use of binoculars in areas where lasers may be in use.
Crew members should use hardened optical systems and built-in or clip-on
filters (BLPs) and deploy smoke, if capable. FM 4-02.50(8-50) contains
information regarding prevention and medical management of laser injuries.

PRINCIPLES OF PROPER VISION

8-95. Aircrew members must completely understand the function of the eye
and the techniques that they can employ to overcome visual limitations. It is
usually not the lack of visual acuity that causes problems for aircrew
members but rather a lack of understanding of “how to see” properly. In
summary, the principles of proper vision require that aircrew members—
• Understand the types of vision and the limitations of each and that
visual acuity will normally be lost under low levels of illumination.
• If corrective lens are prescribed to aircrew members, they must use
corrective lens (glasses) in all modes of flight to include night-aided
(ANVIS, night-vision devices/goggle systems) flight.
• Be aware that it will take 30 to 45 minutes for the average individual’s
eyes to reach maximum dark adaptation.
• Remember to use off-center vision when viewing objects under reduced
lighting conditions.
• Use supplemental oxygen, if available, on flights (especially night
flights) at or above 4,000 feet pressure altitude.
• Avoid self-imposed stress.
• Protect night vision by avoiding bright lights once dark adaptation has
been achieved.
• Scan constantly when viewing objects outside the cockpit, day or night.
• Know and understand the effects of nerve agents and take protective
measures against laser injury.

8-28
 Chapter 9

Spatial Disorientation
Spatial disorientation contributes more to causing aircraft accidents than
any other physiological problem in flight. Regardless of their flight-time
experience, all aircrew members are subject to disorientation. The human
body is structured to perceive changes in movement on land in relation to
the surface of the earth. In an aircraft, the human sensory systems—the
visual, vestibular, and proprioceptive systems—may give the brain
erroneous orientation information. This information can cause sensory
illusions, which may lead to spatial disorientation.

COMMON TERMS OF SPATIAL DISORIENTATION

SPATIAL DISORIENTATION
9-1. Spatial disorientation is an individual’s inability to determine his or her
position, attitude, and motion relative to the surface of the earth or
significant objects; for example, trees, poles, or buildings during hover. When
it occurs, pilots are unable to see, believe, interpret, or prove the information
derived from their flight instruments. Instead, they rely on the false
information that their senses provide.

SENSORY ILLUSION
9-2. A sensory illusion is a false perception of reality caused by the conflict of
orientation information from one or more mechanisms of equilibrium.
Sensory illusions are a major cause of spatial disorientation.

VERTIGO
9-3. Vertigo is a spinning sensation usually caused by a peripheral
vestibular abnormality in the middle ear. Aircrew members often misuse the
term vertigo, applying it generically to all forms of spatial disorientation or
dizziness.

TYPES OF SPATIAL DISORIENTATION

TYPE I (UNRECOGNIZED)
9-4. A disoriented aviator does not perceive any indication of spatial
disorientation. In other words, he does not think anything is wrong. What he
sees—or thinks he sees—is corroborated by his other senses. Type I
disorientation is the most dangerous type of disorientation. The pilot—
unaware of a problem—fails to recognize or correct the disorientation, usually
resulting in a fatal aircraft mishap:

9-1
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

• The pilot may see the instruments functioning properly. There is no

suspicion of an instrument malfunction.
• There may be no indication of aircraft-control malfunction. The aircraft
is performing normally.
• An example of this type of SD would be the height-/depth-perception
illusion when the pilot descends into the ground or some obstacle above
the ground because of a lack of situational awareness.

TYPE II (RECOGNIZED)
9-5. In Type II spatial disorientation, the pilot perceives a problem (resulting
from spatial disorientation). The pilot, however, may fail to recognize it as
spatial disorientation:
• The pilot may feel that a control is malfunctioning.
• The pilot may perceive an instrument failure as in the graveyard
spiral, a classic example of Type II disorientation. The pilot does not
correct the aircraft roll, as indicated by the attitude indicator, because
his vestibular indications of straight-and-level flight are so strong.

TYPE III (INCAPACITATING)

9-6. In Type III spatial disorientation, the pilot experiences such an
overwhelming sensation of movement that he or she cannot orient himself or
herself by using visual cues or the aircraft instruments. Type III spatial
disorientation is not fatal if the copilot can gain control of the aircraft.

EQUILIBRIUM MAINTENANCE
9-7. Three sensory systems—the visual, vestibular, and proprioceptive
systems—are especially important in maintaining equilibrium and balance.
Figure 9-1 shows these systems. Normally, the combined functioning of these
senses maintains equilibrium and prevents spatial disorientation. During
flight, the visual system is the most reliable. In the absence of the visual
system, the vestibular and proprioceptive systems are unreliable in flight.

Figure 9-1. The Three Equilibrium Systems

9-2
 Chapter 9

VISUAL SYSTEM
9-8. Of the three sensory systems, the visual system is the most important in
maintaining equilibrium and orientation. To some extent, the eyes can help
determine the speed and direction of flight by comparing the position of the
aircraft relative to some fixed point of reference. Eighty percent of our
orientation information comes from the visual system. (Chapter 8 contains
information about the eye).
9-9. On flights under IMC, crew members lose fixed points of reference
outside of the aircraft. Under IMC, the pilot must rely on visual sensory input
from the instruments for spatial orientation. The decision to rely on the
visual sense—and to believe the instruments rather than the input of the
other senses—demands disciplined training.
9-10. The eyes allow the pilot to scan sensitive flight instruments that give
accurate spatial-orientation information. These instruments indicate unusual
aircraft attitudes resulting from turbulence, distraction, inattention,
mechanical failure, or spatial disorientation.

VESTIBULAR SYSTEM
9-11. The inner ear contains the vestibular system, which contains the
motion- and gravity-detecting sense organs. This system is located in the
temporal bone on each side of the head. Each vestibular apparatus consists of
two distinct structures: the semicircular canals and the vestibule proper,
which contain the otolith organs. Figure 9-2 depicts the vestibular system.
Both the semicircular canals and the otolith organs sense changes in aircraft
attitude. The semicircular canals of the inner ear sense changes in angular
acceleration and deceleration.

Figure 9-2. The Vestibular System

9-3
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

Otolith Organs
9-12. The otolith organs are small sacs located in the vestibule. Sensory hairs
project from each macula into the otolithic membrane, an overlaying
gelatinous membrane that contains chalklike crystals, called otoliths. The
otolith organs, shown in Figure 9-3, respond to gravity and linear
accelerations/decelerations. Changes in the position of the head, relative to
the gravitational force, cause the otolithic membrane to shift position on the
macula. The sensory hairs bend, signaling a change in the head position.

Figure 9-3. The Otolith Organs

9-13. When the head is upright, a “resting” frequency of nerve impulses is

generated by the hair cells. Figure 9-4 shows the position of the hair cells
when the head is upright.

Figure 9-4. Position of the Hair Cells When the Head Is Upright

9-4
 Chapter 9

9-14. When the head is tilted, the “resting” frequency is altered. The brain is
informed of the new position. The positions of the hair cells when the head is
tilted forward and backward are shown in Figure 9-5.

Figure 9-5. Position of the Hair Cells When the Head Is Tilted Forward and Backward

9-15. Linear accelerations/decelerations also stimulate the otolith organs. The

body cannot physically distinguish between the inertial forces resulting from
linear accelerations and the force of gravity. A forward acceleration results in
backward displacement of the otolithic membranes. When an adequate visual
reference is not available, aircrew members may experience an illusion of
backward tilt. Figure 9-6 shows this false sensation of backward tilt.

Figure 9-6. False Sensation During Backward Tilt

9-5
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

SEMICIRCULAR CANALS
9-16. The semicircular canals of the inner ear sense changes in angular
acceleration. The canals will react to any changes in roll, pitch, or yaw
attitude. Figure 9-7 shows where these changes are registered in the
semicircular canals.

Figure 9-7. Reaction of the Semicircular Canals to Changes in Angular Acceleration

9-17. The semicircular canals are situated in three planes, perpendicular to

each other. They are filled with a fluid called endolymph. The inertial torque
resulting from angular acceleration in the plane of the canal puts this fluid
into motion. The motion of the fluid bends the cupula, a gelatinous structure
located in the ampulla of the canal. This, in turn, moves the hairs of the hair
cells situated beneath the cupula. This movement stimulates the vestibular
nerve. These nerve impulses are then transmitted to the brain, where they
are interpreted as rotation of the head. Figure 9-8 shows a cutaway section of
the semicircular canal.

Figure 9-8. Cutaway View of the Semicircular Canals

9-6
 Chapter 9

9-18. When no acceleration takes place, the hair cells are upright. The body
senses that no turn has occurred. The position of the hair cells and the actual
sensation correspond, as shown in Figure 9-9.

Figure 9-9. Position of Hair Cells During No Acceleration

9-19. When a semicircular canal is put into motion during clockwise

acceleration, the fluid within the semicircular canal lags behind the
accelerated canal walls. This lag creates a relative counterclockwise
movement of the fluid within the canal. The canal wall and the cupula move
in the opposite direction from the motion of the fluid. The brain interprets the
movement of the hairs to be a turn in the same direction as the canal wall.
The body correctly senses that a clockwise turn is being made. Figure 9-10
shows the position of the hair cells and the resulting true sensation during a
clockwise turn.

Figure 9-10. Sensation During a Clockwise Turn

9-20. If the clockwise turn then continues at a constant rate for several
seconds or longer, the motion of the fluid in the canals catches up with the
canal walls. The hairs are no longer bent, and the brain receives the false
impression that turning has stopped. The position of the hair cells and the
resulting false sensation during a prolonged, constant clockwise turn is
shown in Figure 9-11. A prolonged constant turn in either direction will
result in the false sensation of no turn.

9-7
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

Figure 9-11. Sensation During a Prolonged Clockwise Turn

9-21. When the clockwise rotation of the aircraft slows or stops, the fluid in
the canal moves briefly in a clockwise direction. This sends a signal to the
brain that is falsely interpreted as body movement in the opposite direction.
In an attempt to correct the falsely perceived counterclockwise turn, the pilot
may turn the aircraft in the original clockwise direction. Figure 9-12 shows
the position of the hair cells—and the resulting false sensation when a
clockwise turn is suddenly slowed or stopped.

Figure 9-12. Sensation During Slowing or Stopping of a Clockwise Turn

PROPRIOCEPTIVE SYSTEM
9-22. This system reacts to the sensation resulting from pressures on joints,
muscles, and skin and from slight changes in the position of internal organs.
It is closely associated with the vestibular system and, to a lesser degree, the
visual system. Forces act upon the seated pilot in flight. With training and
experience, the pilot can easily distinguish the most distinct movements of
the aircraft by the pressures of the aircraft seat against the body. The
recognition of these movements has led to the term “seat-of-the-pants” flying.

9-8
 Chapter 9

VISUAL ILLUSIONS
9-23. Illusions give false impressions or misconceptions of actual conditions;
therefore, aircrew members must understand the type of illusions that can
occur and the resulting disorientation. Although the visual system is the most
reliable of the senses, some illusions can result from misinterpreting what is
seen; what is perceived is not always accurate. Even with the references
outside the cockpit and the display of instruments inside, aircrew members
must be on guard to interpret information correctly.

RELATIVE-MOTION ILLUSION
9-24. Relative motion is the falsely perceived self-motion in relation to the
motion of another object. The most common example is when an individual in
a car is stopped at a traffic light and another car pulls alongside. The
individual that was stopped at the light perceives the forward motion of the
second car as his own motion rearward. This results in the individual
applying more pressure to the brakes unnecessarily. This illusion can be
encountered during flight in situations such as formation flight, hover taxi, or
hovering over water or tall grass.

CONFUSION WITH GROUND LIGHTS

9-25. Confusion with ground lights occurs when an aviator mistakes ground
lights for stars. This illusion prompts the aviator to place the aircraft in an
unusual attitude to keep the misperceived ground lights above them. Isolated
ground lights can appear as stars and this could lead to the illusion that the
aircraft is in a nose high or one wing low attitude (Part A of Figure 9-13).
When no stars are visible because of overcast conditions, unlighted areas of
terrain can blend with the dark overcast to create the illusion that the
unlighted terrain is part of the sky (Part B of Figure 9-13). This illusion can
be avoided by referencing the flight instruments and establishing a true
horizon and attitude.

Figure 9-13. Confusion of Ground Lights and Stars at Night

9-9
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

FALSE HORIZON ILLUSION

9-26. The false horizon illusion (Figure 9-14) occurs when the aviator confuses
cloud formations with the horizon or the ground. This illusion occurs when an
aviator subconsciously chooses the only reference point available for
orientation. A sloping cloud deck may be difficult to perceive as anything but
horizontal if it extends for any great distance in the pilot’s peripheral vision.
An aviator may perceive the cloudbank below to be horizontal although it
may not be horizontal to the ground; thus, the pilot may fly the aircraft in a
banked attitude. This condition is often insidious and goes undetected until
the aviator recognizes it and makes the transition to the instruments and
corrects it. This illusion can also occur if an aviator looks outside after having
given prolonged attention to a task inside the cockpit. The confusion may
result in the aviator placing the aircraft parallel to the cloudbank.

Figure 9-14. False Horizon Illusion

HEIGHT-DEPTH PERCEPTION ILLUSION

9-27. The height-depth perception illusion is due to a lack of sufficient visual
cues and causes an aircrew member to lose depth perception. Flying over an
area devoid of visual references—such as desert, snow, or water—will deprive
the aircrew member of his perception of height. The aviator, misjudging the
aircraft’s true altitude, may fly the aircraft dangerously low in reference to
the ground or other obstacles above the ground. Flight in an area where
visibility is restricted by fog, smoke, or haze can produce the same illusion.

CRATER ILLUSION
9-28. The crater illusion occurs when aircrew members land at night, under
NVG conditions, and the IR searchlight is directed too far under the nose of
the aircraft. This will cause the illusion of landing with up-sloping terrain in
all directions. This misperceived up-sloping terrain will give the aviator the
perception of landing into a crater. This illusionary depression lulls the pilot
into continuing to lower the collective. This can result in the aircraft
prematurely impacting the ground, causing damage to both aircraft and crew.
If observing another aircraft during hover taxi, the aviator may perceive that
the crater actually appears to move with the aircraft being observed.

9-10
 Chapter 9

STRUCTURAL ILLUSIONS
9-29. Structural illusions are caused by the effects of heat waves, rain, snow,
sleet, or other visual obscurants. A straight line may appear curved when it is
viewed through the heat waves of the desert. A single wing-tip light may
appear as a double light or in a different location when it is viewed during a
rain shower. The curvature of the aircraft windscreen can also cause
structural illusions, as illustrated in Figure 9-15. This illusion is due to the
refraction of light rays as they pass through the windscreen. When
encountering environments that contain these visual obscurants, the aviator
must remain aware that these obscurants may present a false perception.

Figure 9-15. Structural Illusion

SIZE-DISTANCE ILLUSION
9-30. The size-distance illusion (Figure 9-16) is the false perception of
distance from an object or the ground, created when a crew member
misinterprets an unfamiliar object’s size to be the same as an object that he is
accustomed to viewing. This illusion can occur if the visual cues, such as a
runway or trees, are of a different size than expected. An aviator making an
approach to a larger, wider runway may perceive that the aircraft is too low.
Conversely, an aviator—making an approach to a smaller, narrower
runway—may perceive that the aircraft is too high. A pilot making an
approach 25 feet above the trees in the State of Washington, where the
average tree is 100 feet tall, may fly the aircraft dangerously low if trying to
make the same approach at Fort Rucker, Alabama, where the average tree
height is 30 feet. This illusion may also occur when an individual is viewing
the position lights of another aircraft at night. If the aircraft being observed
suddenly flies into smoke or haze, the aircraft will appear to be farther away
than before.

9-11
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

Figure 9-16. Size-Distance Illusion

FASCINATION (FIXATION) IN FLYING

9-31. Fascination, or fixation, flying can be separated into two categories: task
saturation and target fixation. Task saturation may occur during the
accomplishment of simple tasks within the cockpit. Crew members may
become so engrossed with a problem or task within the cockpit that they fail
to properly scan outside the aircraft. Target fixation, commonly referred to as
target hypnosis, occurs when an aircrew member ignores orientation cues and
focuses his attention on his object or goal; for example, an attack pilot on a
gunnery range becomes so intent on hitting the target that he forgets to fly
the aircraft, resulting in the aircraft striking the ground, the target, or the
shrapnel created by hitting the target.

REVERSIBLE PERSPECTIVE ILLUSION

9-32. At night, an aircraft may appear to be moving away when it is actually
approaching. If the pilot of each aircraft has the same assumption, and the
rate of closure is significant, by the time each pilot realizes the
misassumption, it may be too late to avoid a mishap. This illusion is termed
reversible perspective and is often experienced when an aircrew member
observes an aircraft flying a parallel course. In this situation, aircrew
coordination is paramount. To determine the direction of flight, the aircrew
member should observe the other aircraft’s position lights. Remember the
following: red on right returning; that is, if you see an aircraft with the red
position light on the right and the green position light on the left, the
observed aircraft is traveling in the opposite direction of your flight path.

9-12
 Chapter 9

ALTERED PLANES OF REFERENCE

9-33. In altered planes of reference (Figure 9-17), the pilot has an inaccurate
sense of altitude, attitude, or flight-path position in relation to an object so
great in size that the object becomes the new plane of reference rather than
the correct plane of reference, the horizon. A pilot approaching a line of
mountains may feel the need to climb although the altitude of the aircraft is
adequate. This is because the horizon, which helps the pilot maintain
orientation, is subconsciously moved to the top of the ridgeline. Without an
adequate horizon, the brain attempts to fix a new horizon. Conversely, an
aircraft entering a valley that contains a slowly increasing up-slope condition
may become trapped because the slope may quickly increase and exceed the
ability of the aircraft to climb above the hill, causing the aircraft to crash into
the surrounding hills.

Figure 9-17. Altered Planes of Reference

AUTOKINESIS
9-34. Autokinesis primarily occurs at night when ambient visual cues are
minimal and a small, dim light is seen against a dark background. After
about 6 to 12 seconds of visually fixating on the light, one perceives
movement at up to 20 degrees in any particular direction or in several
directions in succession, although there is no actual displacement of the
object. This illusion may allow an aviator to mistake the object fixated as
another aircraft. In addition, a pilot flying at night may perceive a relatively
stable lead aircraft to be moving erratically, when in fact, it is not. The
unnecessary and undesirable control inputs that the pilot makes to
compensate for the illusory movement of the aircraft represent increased
work and wasted motion, at best, and an operational hazard at worst.

FLICKER VERTIGO
9-35. Flicker vertigo (Figure 9-18) is technically not an illusion; however, as
most people are aware from personal experience, viewing a flickering light
can be both distracting and annoying. Flicker vertigo may be created by
helicopter rotor blades or airplane propellers interrupting direct sunlight at a
rate of 4 to 20 cycles per second. Flashing anticollision strobe lights,

9-13
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

especially while the aircraft is in the clouds, can also produce this effect. One
should also be aware that photic stimuli at certain frequencies could produce
seizures in those rare individuals who are susceptible to flicker-induced
epilepsy.

Figure 9-18. Flicker Vertigo

VESTIBULAR ILLUSIONS
9-36. The vestibular system provides accurate information as long as an
individual is on the ground. Once the individual is airborne, however, the
system may function incorrectly and cause illusions. These illusions pose the
greatest problem with spatial disorientation. Aircrew members must
understand vestibular illusions and the conditions under which they occur.
They must be able to distinguish between the inputs of the vestibular system
that are accurate and those that cause illusion.

SOMATOGYRAL ILLUSIONS
9-37. Somatogyral illusions are caused when angular accelerations and
decelerations stimulate the semicircular canals. Those that may be
encountered in flight are the leans, graveyard spin, and Coriolis illusions.

Leans
9-38. The most common form of spatial disorientation is the leans. This
illusion occurs when the pilot fails to perceive angular motion. During
continuous straight-and-level flight, the pilot will correctly perceive that he is
straight and level (part A, Figure 9-19). However, a pilot rolling into or out of
a bank may experience perceptions that disagree with the reading on the
attitude indicator. In a slow roll, for instance, the pilot may fail to perceive
that the aircraft is no longer vertical. He may feel that his aircraft is still
flying straight and level although the attitude indicator shows that the
aircraft is in a bank (part B, Figure 9-19). Once the pilot detects the slow roll,
he makes a quick recovery. He rolls out of the bank and resumes
straight-and-level flight. The pilot may now perceive that the aircraft is
banking in the opposite direction. However, the attitude indicator shows the

9-14
 Chapter 9

aircraft flying straight and level (part C, Figure 9-19). The pilot may then feel
the need to turn the aircraft so that it aligns with the falsely perceived
vertical position. Instead, the pilot should maintain straight-and-level flight
as shown by the attitude indicator. To counter the falsely perceived vertical
position, the pilot will lean his body in the original direction of the
subthreshold roll until the false sensation leaves (part D, Figure 9-19).

Figure 9-19. Leans

Graveyard Spin
9-39. This illusion, shown in Figure 9-20, usually occurs in fixed-wing
aircraft. For example, a pilot enters a spin and remains in it for several
seconds. The pilot’s semicircular canals reach equilibrium; no motion is
perceived. Upon recovering from the spin, the pilot undergoes deceleration,
which is sensed by the semicircular canals. The pilot has a strong sensation of
being in a spin in the opposite direction even if the flight instruments
contradict that perception. If deprived of external visual references, the pilot
may disregard the instrumentation and make control corrections against the
falsely perceived spin. The aircraft will then reenter a spin in the original
direction.

9-15
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

Figure 9-20. Graveyard Spin

9-40. To compound the action of the semicircular canals under these

conditions, a pilot, noting a loss of altitude as the spin develops, may apply
back pressure on the controls and add power in an attempt to gain altitude.
This maneuver tightens the spin and may cause the pilot to lose control of the
aircraft.

Coriolis Illusion
9-41. Regardless of the type of aircraft flown, the Coriolis illusion is the most
dangerous of all vestibular illusions. It causes overwhelming disorientation.
9-42. This illusion occurs whenever a prolonged turn is initiated and the pilot
makes a head motion in a different geometrical plane. When a pilot enters a
turn and then remains in the turn, the semicircular canal corresponding to
the yaw axis is equalized. The endolymph fluid no longer deviates, or bends,
the cupula. Figure 9-21 shows the movement of the fluid in a semicircular
canal when a pilot enters a turn.
9-43. If the pilot initiates a head movement in a geometrical plane other than
that of the turn, the yaw axis semicircular canal is moved from the plane of
rotation to a new plane of nonrotation. The fluid then slows in that canal,
resulting in a sensation of a turn in the direction opposite that of the original
turn.

9-16
 Chapter 9

9-44. Simultaneously, the two other canals are brought within a plane of
rotation. The fluid stimulates the two other cupulas. The combined effect of
the coupler deflection in all three canals creates the new perception of motion
in three different planes of rotation: yaw, pitch, and roll. The pilot
experiences an overwhelming head-over-heels tumbling sensation.

Figure 9-21. Movement of Fluid in the Semicircular Canals During a Turn

SOMATOGRAVIC ILLUSIONS
9-45. Somatogravic illusions are caused by changes in linear accelerations
and decelerations or gravity that stimulate the otolith organs. The three
types of somatogravic illusions that can be encountered in flight are
oculogravic, elevator, and oculoagravic.

Oculogravic Illusion
9-46. This type of illusion occurs when an aircraft accelerates and decelerates.
Inertia from linear accelerations and decelerations cause the otolith organ to
sense a nose-high or nose-low attitude. In a linear acceleration, the gelatinous
layer, which contains the otolith organ, is shifted aft. The aviator falsely
perceives that the aircraft is in a nose-high attitude. A pilot correcting for this
illusion without cross-checking the instruments would most likely dive the
aircraft. This illusion does not occur if adequate outside references are
available. If making an instrument approach in inclement weather or in
darkness, the pilot would be considerably more susceptible to the oculogravic
illusion. An intuitive reaction to the sensed nose-high attitude could have
catastrophic results

9-17
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

Elevator Illusion
9-47. This illusion occurs during upward acceleration. Because of the inertia
encountered, the pilot’s eyes will track downward as his body tries, through
inputs supplied by the inner ear, to maintain visual fixation on the
environment or instrument panel. With the eyes downward, the pilot will
sense that the nose of the aircraft is rising. This illusion is common for
aviators flying aircraft that encounter updrafts.

Oculoagravic Illusion
9-48. This illusion is the opposite of the elevator illusion and results from the
downward movement of the aircraft. Because of the inertia encountered, the
pilot’s eyes will track upward. The pilot’s senses then usually indicate that
the aircraft is in a nose-low attitude. This illusion is commonly encountered
as a helicopter enters autorotation. The pilot’s usual intuitive response is to
add aft cyclic, which decreases airspeed below the desired level.

PROPRIOCEPTIVE ILLUSIONS
9-49. Proprioceptive illusions rarely occur alone. They are closely associated
with the vestibular system and, to a lesser degree, with the visual system.
The proprioceptive information input to the brain may also lead to a false
perception of true vertical. During turns, banks, climbs, and descending
maneuvers, proprioceptive information is fed into the central nervous system.
A properly executed turn vectors gravity and centrifugal force through the
vertical axis of the aircraft. Without visual reference, the body only senses
being pressed firmly into the seat. Because this sensation is normally
associated with climbs, the pilot may falsely interpret it as such. Recovering
from turns lightens pressure on the seat and creates an illusion of
descending. This false perception of descent may cause the pilot to pull back
on the stick, which would reduce airspeed. Figure 9-22 shows proprioceptive
illusions.

PREVENTION OF SPATIAL DISORIENTATION

9-50. Spatial disorientation cannot be totally eliminated. However, aircrew
members need to remember that misleading sensations from sensory systems
are predictable. These sensations can happen to anyone because they are due
to the normal functions and limitations of the senses. Training, instrument
proficiency, good health, and aircraft design minimize spatial disorientation.
Spatial disorientation becomes dangerous when pilots become incapable of
making their instruments read right. All pilots, regardless of experience level,
can experience spatial disorientation. For that reason, they should be aware
of the potential hazards, understand their significance, and learn to overcome
them. To prevent disorientation, aviators should—
• Never fly without visual reference points (either the actual horizon or
the artificial horizon provided by the instruments).
• Trust the instruments.

9-18
 Chapter 9

• Avoid fatigue, smoking, hypoglycemia, hypoxia, and anxiety, which all

heighten illusions.
• Never try to fly VMC and IMC at the same time.

Figure 9-22. Proprioceptive Illusions

TREATMENT OF SPATIAL DISORIENTATION

9-51. Spatial disorientation can easily occur in the aviation environment. If
disorientation occurs, aviators should—
• Refer to the instruments and develop a good cross-check.
• Delay intuitive actions long enough to check both visual references and
instruments.
• Transfer control to the other pilot if two pilots are in the aircraft.
Rarely will both experience disorientation at the same time.

9-19
 Chapter 10

Oxygen Equipment and Cabin Pressurization

With the technological advances of today’s Army aircraft and the increase
of operational requirements to conduct operations at altitudes exceeding
10,000 feet MSL, oxygen equipment and cabin pressurization are crucial.
Without supplemental oxygen and cabin pressurization, crew members
increase their risks of hypoxia, evolved-gas disorders, and decompression
sickness. This chapter explains cabin pressurization and oxygen
equipment and their use in Army aviation.

OXYGEN SYSTEMS
10-1. Aircraft oxygen systems consist of containers that store oxygen either in
a gaseous, liquid, or solid state; tubing to direct the flow; devices that control
the pressure and the percentage of oxygen; and a mask to deliver oxygen to
the user. The oxygen systems can exist in many forms throughout the
military, but the following equipment is used in Army aircraft.

GASEOUS OXYGEN
10-2. Aviator’s gaseous oxygen is the most common breathing oxygen found in
Army aircraft. It is classified as Type I, Grade A, and meets the military
specifications in MIL-O-27210E. This form is 99.5 percent pure by volume
and contains no more than 0.005 milligrams of water vapor per liter at 760
mm/Hg pressure and 15 degrees Celsius. Gaseous oxygen is odorless and free
from contaminants.
10-3. The oxygen used for medical purposes is classified as Type I, Grade B,
and is not acceptable for use by aviators because of its high moisture content.
This is important because at high altitudes the temperature may cause
freezing in the oxygen-delivery system and restrict the flow of oxygen.

ONBOARD OXYGEN-GENERATING SYSTEM

10-4. The OBOGS is the primary method of providing oxygen to patients
aboard the UH-60Q Black Hawk. The use of this system reduces many of the
potential hazards associated with gaseous high-pressure systems. In addition,
the service and maintenance of this system is simpler than other systems.
Various onboard oxygen-generating systems have been tested, and some show
great potential for future military use. The aircraft technical manual contains
the specific capabilities of the OBOGS.

10-0
 Chapter 10

STORAGE SYSTEMS
GASEOUS LOW-PRESSURE SYSTEM
10-5. In this type of system, the breathing oxygen is stored in yellow,
lightweight, shatterproof cylinders that contain a maximum charge pressure
of 400 to 450 pounds per square inch. This system is not very effective
because the low pressure limits the volume of oxygen that can be stored. In
addition, if this system falls below 50 pounds per square inch, it must be
recharged within two hours to prevent moisture condensation within the
cylinder. If not recharged, the system must be purged before it is refilled.
Low-pressure oxygen is commonly used during an emergency.

GASEOUS HIGH-PRESSURE SYSTEM

10-6. This type of system is in use aboard most Army aircraft with internal
storage systems. In this system, the breathing oxygen is stored in green
heavyweight cylinders that contain a maximum charge pressure of 1,800 to
2,200 pounds per square inch. Large amounts of oxygen can be safely stored
to meet the mission requirements of the Army’s fixed-wing aircraft.
10-7. The H-2 bailout bottle is a gaseous high-pressure (1,800 to 2,000 pounds
per square inch) system. It provides an emergency source of oxygen in case
the aircraft oxygen system fails. It also provides high-altitude parachutists
with a source of oxygen during a high-altitude jump. This system
automatically activates during an ejection sequence or is manually activated
by pulling the ball handle (“Green Apple”). Once this system is activated, it
cannot be stopped. The bailout bottle provides about 10 minutes of breathing
oxygen.
10-8. The helicopter oxygen system is a self-contained portable oxygen system
that supplies oxygen to crew members on missions requiring oxygen at
altitude. The HOS (Figure 10-1) is tailored for use in the UH-60, CH-47
(forward or aft), and the UH-1. It can also be used in other aircraft not listed,
but additional supply hoses may be required. Each HOS can provide 100
percent oxygen to six personnel for one hour at altitudes up to 25,000 feet
MSL. Oxygen is stored in two tandem-connected storage cylinders that have
to be recharged by an oxygen servicing unit.

OXYGEN REGULATORS
10-9. The flow of oxygen into the mask must be controlled when oxygen
systems are used onboard aircraft. Two types of oxygen regulators are used in
Army aircraft: diluter demand and continuous flow.

QUICK-DONNING MASK-REGULATOR
10-10. A diluter-demand regulator wastes less oxygen than a continuous-flow
regulator, fits better, and provides the user a high percentage of oxygen. A
mask-regulator makes up the self-contained, quick-donning unit that is
available for pilots who encounter pressurization problems within the cabin.
Figure 10-2 shows this mask-regulator assembly unit.

10-1
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

Figure 10-1. Helicopter Oxygen System

Figure 10-2. Quick-Donning Mask-Regulator

10-11. During each inhalation, negative pressure closes the one-way exhaust
valve in the mask and opens the demand valve in the regulator. This provides
an oxygen flow only on demand. This regulator can mix suitable amounts of
ambient air and oxygen to prolong the oxygen source. When the diluter level
is placed in the position marked “NORMAL,” the breathing mixture at ground
level is mainly ambient air with very little added oxygen. During ascent, an
air inlet is partially closed by an aneroid pressure valve to provide a higher

10-2
 Chapter 10

concentration of oxygen. This inlet valve closes completely at 34,000 feet

MSL, and the regulator then delivers 100 percent oxygen. On descent, this
process reverses.

10-12. The regulator can also provide 100 percent oxygen when the diluter
lever is placed in the position marked “100% OXYGEN” at any altitude. The
diluter level is set on “NORMAL” for routine operations; it is placed on “100%
OXYGEN” when hypoxia is suspected or prebreathing is required.

CONTINUOUS-FLOW OXYGEN REGULATOR

10-13. Continuous-flow oxygen systems provide protection for passengers up
to 25,000 feet MSL and provide a continuous flow of 100 percent oxygen to
the user. The three major types of regulators in this system are manual,
automatic, and automatic with manual override.

OXYGEN MASKS
10-14. Three main oxygen masks used by the Army’s aviation community are
the passenger, MBU-12/P, and diluter-demand quick-don mask. Except for
the passenger mask, which is a continuous-flow mask, oxygen masks are
pressure-demand masks. The continuous-flow mask supplies oxygen
continuously to the user; the pressure-demand mask allows oxygen to enter
the mask only when the user inhales. The oxygen in the mask is then
maintained at a positive pressure until the regulator pressure is overcome
during exhalation.

PASSENGER OXYGEN MASK

10-15. The passenger mask, found onboard Army fixed-wing aircraft, supplies
a continuous flow of oxygen whether the users are inhaling or not. The mask
(Figure 10-3) plugs into receptacles within the passenger compartment.

Figure 10-3. Passenger Oxygen Mask

10-3
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

MBU-12/P OXYGEN MASK

10-16. The MBU-12/P mask (Figure 10-4) comes in four sizes: short, regular,
long, and extra long. To ensure a proper fit, individuals should wear a mask
in the size that most nearly matches their facial measurements.

10-17. The MBU-12/P oxygen mask consists of a silicone rubber inner face
piece, bonded to the hard shell to form a one-piece assembly. The MBU-12/P
is an improvement over previous masks; it is more comfortable, fits better,
and offers increased downward vision.

Figure 10-4. MBU-12/P Oxygen Mask

OXYGEN-EQUIPMENT CHECKLIST
10-18. Because oxygen equipment can easily malfunction, it must be checked
continually. Aircrew members check their oxygen system equipment using
the appropriate checklist or technical manual.

CABIN PRESSURIZATION
10-19. The Army’s fixed-wing aircraft can fly at higher altitudes than crew
members can physiologically tolerate. Therefore, cabin pressurization was
developed for the safety and comfort of crew members and passengers.

SYSTEM OF CABIN PRESSURIZATION

10-20. The most efficient method for protecting crew members flying at
altitude is to increase the barometric pressure inside the cabin area so that it
is greater than the ambient pressure outside. In high-altitude flight without
pressurization, crew members require continual use of oxygen equipment.
Continual use increases crew fatigue. Pressurization, however, does have
disadvantages. If crew members encounter problems with cabin
pressurization, they may suffer serious physiological impairment.

10-4
 Chapter 10

10-21. Because greater pressure must exist inside the cabin than outside, the
aircraft wall must be structurally reinforced to contain this pressure. This
reinforcement increases the design and maintenance costs of the aircraft, and
the added weight and increased power requirements reduce its performance.

10-22. Cabin pressurization is achieved by extracting outside ambient air,

forcing it through compressors, cooling it, and maintaining it at a given cabin
altitude. Pressurization is maintained by controlling the amount of air that is
allowed to escape in relation to the air that is compressed. In the typical
cabin pressurization system, the controls sense changes in both cabin and
outside ambient air pressure and make the necessary adjustments to
maintain the cabin pressure at a fixed pressure differential. (This differential
is the difference between the cabin pressure and the outside ambient air
pressure.) A cabin altimeter, usually part of the pressurization system, allows
the pilot to observe the cabin altitude and make the required cabin pressure
changes.

10-23. The cabin altitude on most aircraft usually increases with aircraft
altitude until an altitude of 5,000 to 8,000 feet is reached. Barometric control
then maintains the cabin at that set altitude until the maximum pressure
differential for the aircraft is reached.

10-24. From sea level to 20,000 feet MSL, a barometric controller modulates
the outflow of air from the cabin to maintain a selected cabin rate of climb.
Cabin altitude increases until the maximum cabin pressure differential of 6.0
pounds per square inch is reached. Thus, below an altitude of 20,000 feet
MSL, a cabin pressure altitude of 3,870 feet MSL can be maintained.

10-25. From 20,000 to 31,000 feet MSL (the service ceiling of the C-12D), the
maximum pressure differential is maintained; however, the cabin altitude
will increase (Figure 10-5). At 31,000 feet MSL and a pressure differential of
6.0 pounds per square inch, a cabin altitude of 9,840 feet MSL is reached.

10-26. The cabin pressurization selected for a particular aircraft is usually a

compromise among physiological requirements, engineering capability,
overall aircraft performance, and cost.

ADVANTAGES OF CABIN PRESSURIZATION

10-27. For aircraft capable of flight above 20,000 feet MSL, cabin
pressurization has several advantages. In general, pressurization will—
• Eliminate the need for supplemental-oxygen equipment.
• Reduce significantly the occurrences of hypoxia and decompression
sickness.
• Minimize trapped-gas expansion.
• Reduce crew fatigue because cabin temperature and ventilation can be
controlled within desired ranges.

10-5
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

ISOBARIC-DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURZATION
OF THE C-12D

Figure 10-5. C-12D Cabin Pressurization Changes With Altitude Changes

LOSS OF CABIN PRESSURIZATION

10-28. Failure of the pressurization system and the resulting decompression
can produce significant physiological problems for crew members. Slow
decompression of the cabin, although dangerous because of the slow and
insidious onset of hypoxia, is not as physiologically dangerous as rapid
decompression. A rapid decompression occurs when the fuselage or pressure
vessel is compromised and the cabin pressure equalizes almost
instantaneously with outside ambient pressure.

10-29. The following factors control the rate and time of decompression:
• Volume of the pressurized cabin. The larger the cabin area, the
slower the decompression time.
• Size of the opening. The larger the opening, the faster the
decompression.
• Pressure differential. The larger the pressure differential between
the outside absolute pressure and the interior cabin pressure, the more
severe the decompression.
• Pressure ratio. The greater the difference between inside and outside
pressures of the cabin, the longer the time for air to escape and the
longer the decompression time.
10-30. The physiological effects of a rapid decompression range from
trapped-gas expansion—within the ears, sinuses, lungs, and abdomen—to

10-6
 Chapter 10

hypoxia. The gas-expansion disorders can be painful and may become severe,
but they are transient. The most serious hazard for the aircrew member is
hypoxia. The onset of hypoxia can be rapid, depending on the cabin altitude
after the decompression. For the average individual, the EPT is decreased by
half following a rapid decompression. Crew members may also experience
decompression sickness, cold, and windchill.

INDICATIONS OF RAPID DECOMPRESSION

10-31. The rapidity of the decompression determines the magnitude of the
observable characteristics of decompression. The earlier that crew members
detect a loss of pressure, the quicker that they can take appropriate
emergency measures to increase survival. All of the following observable
characteristics may indicate loss of pressure.

Noise

10-32. Anytime two different air masses make contact, there is a loud,
popping noise. This explosive sound is often called “explosive decompression.”

Flying Debris
10-33. Crew members need to be alert to the possibility of flying debris
during a rapid decompression. The rush of air from inside an aircraft
structure to the outside is of such force that items not secured may be ejected
from the aircraft.

Fogging
10-34. The sudden loss of pressure causes condensation and the resulting fog
effect. Fogging is one of the primary characteristics of any decompression
because air at a given temperature and pressure can hold only so much water
vapor.

Temperature
10-35. With a loss of pressurization, cabin temperature equalizes with the
outside ambient temperature, which significantly decreases cabin
temperature. The amount of temperature decrease depends on altitude.

IMMEDIATE ACTIONS FOLLOWING DECOMPRESSION

10-36. After cabin decompression occurs, all crew members and passengers
should breathe supplemental oxygen. Immediate descent should be made to
an altitude that will minimize the physiological effects of the pressure loss.

10-7
 Appendix

Hypobaric Chamber Flight Profiles

MEDICAL CLEARANCE
A-1. All personnel must have a current flight physical and a current DA
Form 4186 (Medical Recommendation for Flying Duty) indicating FFD before
participating in any hypobaric chamber exercise.

PURPOSE OF HYPOBARIC TRAINING

A-2. The purpose of hypobaric chamber training is to safely demonstrate—
• Crew-member limitations associated with hypoxia at altitude.
• Effects of trapped-gas problems on the body.
• Effects of hypoxia on night vision.
• Capabilities of oxygen equipment.

CHAMBER PROFILES AND APPLICABILITY OF TRAINING

A-3. Figures A-1 through A-5 show the standard flight chamber profiles. For
information regarding nonstandard profiles, contact USASAM, ATTN MCCS-
HA, Fort Rucker, Alabama 36362-5377.
A-4. The procedures for the profile in Figure A-1 are as follows:
• Begin 30-minute denitrogenation.
• Perform 5,000-foot ear and sinus check by 2,500 feet per minute.
• Ascend main accumulator, and lock to 8,000 feet by 2,500 feet per
minute.
• Ascend main accumulator, and lock to 18,000 feet by 5,000 feet per
minute.
• Perform running break of main accumulator and lock; maintain lock at
18,000 feet.
• Continue main accumulator ascent to 35,000 feet by 5,000 feet per
minute.
• Descend main accumulator to 30,000 feet for 90-second hypoxia
demonstration.
• Descend main accumulator, and lock to 25,000 feet by 5,000 feet per
minute.
• Begin five-minute hypoxia demonstration.
• Descend lock to ground level by 5,000 feet per minute.

A-0
 Appendix

• Descend main accumulator to 18,000 feet by 5,000 feet per minute for
night-vision demonstration.
• Descend main accumulator from 18,000 feet to ground level by 2,500
feet per minute.
• Terminate chamber flight.

Figure A-1. Type II 35,000-Foot USAF Original Training Profile

A-5. The procedures for the profile in Figure A-2 are as follows:
• Begin 30-minute denitrogenation.
• Perform 5,000 feet ear and sinus check by 2,500 feet per minute.
• Ascend main accumulator from ground level to 8,000 feet by 2,500 feet
per minute.
• Ascend main accumulator from 8,000 feet to 25,000 feet by 5,000 feet
per minute.
• Begin five-minute hypoxia demonstration.
• Descend main accumulator from 25,000 feet to 18,000 feet by 5,000 feet
per minute for night-vision demonstration.
• Descend main accumulator from 18,000 feet to ground level by 2,500
feet per minute.
• Terminate chamber flight.

A-1
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

Figure A-2. Type IV, 25,000-Foot, USAF Refresher Training Profile

A-6. The procedures for the profile in Figure A-3 are as follows:
• Begin 30-minute denitrogenation.
• Perform 5,000-foot ear and sinus check by 2,500 feet per minute.
• Ascend main accumulator from ground level to 8,000 feet by 2,500 feet
per minute.
• Ascend main accumulator from 8,000 feet to 25,000 feet by 5,000 feet
per minute.
• Begin five-minute hypoxia demonstration.
• Descend main accumulator from 25,000 feet to 18,000 feet by 5,000 feet
per minute for night-vision demonstration.
• Descend main accumulator from 18,000 feet to ground level by 2,500
feet per minute.
• Terminate chamber flight.

A-2
 Appendix

Figure A-3. Type IV, 25,000-Foot, USA Profile

A-7. The procedures for the profile in Figure A-4 are as follows:
• Begin 30-minute denitrogenation.
• Perform 5,000-foot ear and sinus check by 5,000 feet per minute.
• Ascend main accumulator, and lock to 18,000 feet by 5,000 feet per
minute.
• Perform running break of main accumulator, and lock; maintain lock at
18,000 feet.
• Continue main accumulator ascent to 35,000 feet by 5,000 feet per
minute.
• Ascend main accumulator to 30,000 feet for 90-second hypoxia
demonstration.
• Descend main accumulator to 15,000 feet by 10,000 to 12,000 feet per
minute, with lock joining descent at 18,000 feet.
• Descend main accumulator, and lock to 8,000 feet by 5,000 feet per
minute.
• Ascend main accumulator to 25,000 feet by maximum rate of ascent.
• Begin five-minute hypoxia demonstration.
• Descend lock to ground level by 5,000 feet per minute.

A-3
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

• Descend main accumulator to 18,000 feet by 5,000 feet per minute for
night-vision demonstration.
• Descend main accumulator from 18,000 feet to ground level by 2,500
feet per minute.
• Terminate chamber flight.

Figure A-4. Type V, 35,000-Foot, USA/USAF HAP

A-8. The procedures for the profile in Figure A-5 are as follows:
• Ascend main accumulator to 32,500 feet by maximum rate.
• Ascend lock to 8,000 feet by 2,500 feet per minute.
• Perform rapid decompression.
• Main accumulator and lock equalize at 22,500 feet.
• Descend main accumulator; lock to 18,000 feet by 5,000 feet per
minute, then from 18,000 feet to ground level by 2,500 feet per minute.

A-4
 Appendix

Figure A-5. Military Rapid Decompression Profile

A-5
 Glossary
A argon
absorption a process in which an object collects other materials within itself.
Two examples of absorption are a sponge absorbing water and the
tissues of the middle ear absorbing oxygen from the middle ear
cavity.
acceleration a change of velocity in magnitude or direction. It is expressed in
feet per second per second, or fps2. The most common accelerative
force is gravity. The acceleration produced by gravity is a
constant and has a value of 32.2 fps2.
acclimatization the physiological adjustment of an organism to a new and
physically different environment. An example would be the
adaptation of valley dwellers to life in mountainous regions where
ambient pressures are relatively low. In this example,
acclimatization would occur through a temporary adjustment in
cardiac and respiratory rates and an increase in the number of
red blood cells in the blood.
ACPM aircrew protective mask
acute an incident or disease characterized by sharpness or severity. It
has a sudden onset, sharp rise, and short course. In physiological
training, this term usually describes a severe chamber reaction in
which the onset is rapid and immediate aid is required.
AD Dictionary of United States Army Terms (short title)
AF Air Force (USAF)
AFFF aqueous film-forming foam
AFP Air Force pamphlet
AFR Air Force regulation
AGARD Advisory Group for Aerospace Research and Development
AGL above ground level
AGSM anti-G straining maneuver
AH attack helicopter
AHO above highest obstacle
alkalosis the term used by physiological training personnel to refer to a
respiratory condition in which there is an increase in the basicity
of the blood produced by the abnormally rapid respiration and
elimination of excessive amounts of carbon dioxide.
ALSE aviation life-support equipment

Glossary-0
 Glossary

alt altitude
altimeter an instrument used to measure the altitude of an aircraft or
chamber. By making appropriate adjustments and pressure
settings, the altimeter may be set to indicate the pressure
altitudes such as are used in chamber operations or the true
altitudes used during most Army aircraft flights.
altitude sickness in acute cases, the symptoms of hypoxia seen especially in flying
personnel and in individuals who are new arrivals in
mountainous regions of high altitude; in chronic cases, the
symptoms of hypoxia usually seen in individuals who have been
at high altitudes in mountainous regions for long periods.
Apparently, their physiological compensatory processes for
hypoxia become inadequate. Descent to lower altitudes usually
brings relief.
alveoli the saclike, extremely thin-walled tissues of the lungs in which
the flow of the inspired gases terminates and across the walls of
which gas diffusion takes place between the lungs and the blood.
ambient the existing and adjacent environment. Ambient air pressure is
the pressure of the immediate environment.
angular acceleration acceleration that results in a simultaneous change in both speed
and direction.
anoxia a total absence of oxygen in the blood presented to the tissues or
the inability of the tissues to use the oxygen delivered to them.
This is an extremely severe and morbid condition. The lack of
oxygen with which physiological training personnel are concerned
is, strictly speaking, hypoxia, not anoxia.
AR Army regulation
arterial saturation the hemoglobin in the arterial blood containing as much oxygen
as it can hold. This gives an arterial oxygen concentration of
about 20 milliliters of oxygen per 100 milliliters of blood.
arteries the blood vessels that possess relatively thick, muscular walls
that transport oxygenated blood from the left ventricle to the body
tissues. They also transport poorly oxygenated blood from the
right ventricle to the lungs.
arterioles the smaller extensions of the arteries. The muscular walls of
these arterial extensions are responsive to nerve and chemical
control by the body and thereby regulate the amount of blood
presented to the capillaries.
astigmatism a visual problem caused by an unequal curvature of the cornea or
lens of the eye.
ATM aircrew training manual
ATP aircrew training plan
atmosphere the gaseous layer surrounding the earth that is composed
primarily of oxygen and nitrogen.

Glossary-1
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

attenuation the amount of noise protection provided by a specific protective

device. The attenuation of any given noise protective device is the
number of decibels it reduces the total energy reaching the
eardrum.
attn attention
auricles (atria) the upper two chambers of the heart, designated the right and left
auricles. These chambers receive blood from the vessels and force
it into the ventricles.
autokinesis an illusion in which a single, stationary point of light seen against
a dark background appears to move erratically. The illusion is
probably caused by the involuntary movement of the eyeballs
because relative points of reference are missing.
AVGAS aviation gasoline
AWR airworthiness release
barodontalgia a toothache that occurs during ascent to altitude or during
(aerodontalgia) descent. Causes for this painful condition include poor or loose
restorations; presence of decay, infection, or abscess; or gritting of
the teeth in times of stress.

barometer an instrument used to measure atmospheric pressure. It is based

on the principle that the pressure exerted by the ambient air is
sufficient to hold up a column of mercury. The height to which
this column is held varies directly with the air pressure. The
aneroid barometer operates on the principle that the volume of
gas in a flexible, enclosed space will increase when the pressure
on it decreases; for example, during ascent to altitude.
barometric pressure the pressure of the air in a particular environment as measured
by the barometer. For example, at 18,000 feet in the altitude
chamber, the barometric pressure should be 380 mm/Hg.
barotitis media a condition that develops when equalization of pressure in the
middle ear cannot be accomplished during changes in barometric
pressure.
bends A form of decompression sickness that may be produced by the
liberation of gaseous emboli (bubbles), primarily nitrogen, in the
tissues of the body. It is characterized by mild to incapacitating
pains in the joints. It may be localized to a single area (for
example, knee joint or finger joint); or, in severe cases, it may be
generalized.
blackout a temporary blindness caused by an extinguished blood supply to
the retina. Blackouts are usually seen during +Gz maneuvers. In
such cases, the force exerted on the column of blood going to the
eyes reduces the effective blood pressure in the vessels that go to
the eyes, thereby reducing blood flow to the eyes. If continued, the
force will actually stop the flow of blood to the retina.
B-LP ballistic and laser protective (eyewear)

Glossary-2
 Glossary

Boyle’s Law the physical law that states that the volume of a gas is inversely
proportional to the pressure exerted upon it.
bronchi the two main tubes leading into the lungs from the trachea. They
are part of the conducting portion of the respiratory system.
bronchioles the smaller tubules extending from each bronchus. Two types of
bronchioles may be distinguished: the conducting bronchioles that
provide the air passageway into the portion of the lungs where
diffusion occurs and the respiratory bronchioles that contain some
alveoli in their walls through which the diffusion of gases occurs.
C Celsius
calorie the amount of heat needed to raise the temperature of 1 gram of
water from 250 degrees Celsius to 260 degrees Celsius.
capillaries the most minute blood vessels. Their walls are of one-cell
thickness. These vessels are the link between the arteries and
veins; through them, gas diffusion takes place between the body
tissues and the blood.
cardiac arrhythmia any variation from the normal rhythm of the heart.
cataract formation a clouding or opacification of the lens resulting from hardening of
the lens that usually occurs during the aging process.
CB chlorobromomethane
CCl4 carbon tetrachloride
centrifugal force the force exerted on an object moving in a circular pattern. It
causes the object to break away and move outward in a straight
line.
centripetal force the force acting on an object moving in a circular pattern that
holds the object on its circular path.
CEP communications earplug
CH cargo helicopter
chemoreceptors the receptors adapted for excitation by chemical substances; for
example, aortic and carotid bodies that sense reduced O2 content
in the blood and automatically send signals to the cardiovascular
and respiratory systems to make necessary adjustments.
chill factor the temperature decrease resulting from wind velocity. An
increased cooling of exposed skin occurs when the skin is
subjected to wind.
chloride shift the passage of chloride ions from plasma into the red blood cells
when carbon dioxide enters the plasma from the tissues and the
return of these ions to the plasma when carbon dioxide is
discharged in the lungs.
chokes a form of decompression sickness that can occur at altitude. It is
believed to be caused by gases evolving in the lung tissue. It is

Glossary-3
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

characterized by a deep substernal pain or burning sensation,

difficulty in breathing, and a nonproductive cough.
chronic a continued or prolonged condition; for example, a chronic illness
would be an illness continuing for several years.
cilium a minute, vibratile, hairlike process attached to the free surface of
a cell.
circadian rhythm the rhythmic biologic functions that are geared to an internal
“biologic clock.” Circadian rhythm affects such things as the
sleep-wake cycle, hormone production, and body temperature.
circulation the blood movement throughout the body.
CNS central nervous system
CO carbon monoxide
CO2 carbon dioxide
CoHb carboxyhemoglobin (found in the blood as a result of carbon
monoxide inhalation)
coma a state of complete loss of consciousness from which the patient
cannot be aroused despite the use of powerful stimulants.
combustion an act or instance of burning; a chemical process (as an oxidation)
accompanied by the emission of heat and light.
conduction the heat transfer between molecules of adjacent bodies or in a
single body. Heat flows from a body or a portion of a body with a
lower heat content; for example, heat transfer from the hand to
an ice cube. Physical contact is necessary for heat transfer by
conduction.
cones the nerve cells in the central portion of the retina. Their greatest
concentration is at the fovea. These cells are used for day vision
and permit a person to see detail and to distinguish between
various colors.
conjunctiva the mucous membrane lining the inner surface of the eyelids and
covering the front part of the eyeball.
CONOPS continuous operations
continuous flow the earliest supplementary oxygen-breathing system designed for
use in aircraft. It is still used today in certain transport aircraft
and for air evacuation. This system provides a constant flow of
oxygen to the mask.
contrast sensitivity the ability to detect objects on varying shades of backgrounds.
convection a form of heat transfer effected by the flow of fluid across an
object of a different temperature. If the object is warmer, the heat
will transfer from the object to the liquid or gas; if the object is
cooler, the heat will transfer from the liquid or gas to the object.

Glossary-4
 Glossary

convulsion a violent, involuntary contraction or series of contractions of

voluntary muscles. This can occasionally be seen in hypoxic
individuals or in people who have hyperventilated.
Coriolis illusion a condition that exists when the head is moved from one plane to
another while the body is in rotation. This causes an illusion of
moving in a plane or rotation in which no angular motion exists.
cornea the transparent part of the coat of the eyeball that covers the iris
and pupil and admits light to the interior.
counterpressure the pressure exerted on the outside of the body to balance the
high pressure of the gases in the lungs.
CREEP container, restraint system, environment, energy absorption,
postcrash protection (aircraft design features that aid crash
survival).
cyanosis the blueness of the skin caused by insufficient oxygenation of the
blood. Blood that has most of its hemoglobin combined with
oxygen appears bright red, whereas blood with low oxygenated
hemoglobin appears reddish-blue or cyanotic.
DA Department of the Army
Dalton’s Law the physical law that states that the total pressure of a mixture of
gases is equal to the sum of the partial pressures of each of the
gases in that mixture.
dark adaptation the process by which the retinal cells (rods) increase their
concentration of the chemical substance (rhodopsin) that allows
them to function optimally in twilight or in dimly illuminated
surroundings. The process takes between 30 and 45 minutes in a
darkened room.
DB dibromodifluoromethane
dB decibel
DCS decompression sickness
DEATH drugs, exhaustion, alcohol, tobacco, and hypoglycemia
(self-imposed stress factors)
deceleration (negative any reduction in the velocity of a moving body.
acceleration)

decibel An arbitrary unit for measuring the relative intensity of a sound.

decompression Any reduction in the pressure of one’s surroundings. The chamber
is decompressed each time it ascends.
decompression sickness the effects produced by the evolvement of body gases or the
expansion of trapped body gases when the ambient pressure is
decreased, as in ascent to altitude.
demo demonstration

Glossary-5
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

denitrogenation the reduction of nitrogen concentration in the body. Nitrogen

concentration can be reduced by breathing 100 percent oxygen
over a period of time. This diffuses the nitrogen from the blood to
the lungs and eliminates much of the nitrogen dissolved in the
body tissues.
diffusion the process through which a substance moves from a place of high
concentration to a new location of lower concentration. An
example would be the diffusion of carbon dioxide from the tissue
(with a partial pressure of 50 mm/Hg) to the blood (with a partial
pressure of 40 mm/Hg).
diluter-demand oxygen a supplementary oxygen-delivery system in which a dilution of
regulator pure oxygen (with ambient air) is provided automatically to the
individual with each inspiration. At 34,000 feet, the system will
deliver 100 percent oxygen automatically with each inhalation.

ejection a method of emergency escape from aircraft in which the pilot’s or

aircrew member’s seat is propelled out of the aircraft by an
explosive catapult or rocket charge.
endolymph the watery fluid contained in the membranous labyrinth of the
ear.
EPT expected performance time
erythrocytes the red blood cells.
euphoria a feeling of well-being.
eustachian tube the passage leading from the middle ear to the pharynx. It
provides the only means by which equalization can be maintained
between the pressure in the middle ear and the ambient pressure
during flight.
evaporation the process through which a liquid changes to a gaseous state
and, in doing so, adds to its temperature. For example, when
sweat evaporates (changes from a liquid to a vapor), it takes heat
from the body and increases its own temperature.
expiration the act of exhaling, or breathing outward. Normally, expiration
involves the contraction of certain abdominal muscles and the
relaxation of the diaphragm.
explosive decompression a collision of two air masses that makes an explosive sound. A
decompression that occurs in about one second or less is termed
an “explosive decompression.”
external respiration the movement of air into and out of the lungs, the ventilation of
the lung passages and the alveoli, and the diffusion of gas across
the alveolar-capillary membrane.
F Fahrenheit
FAA Federal Aviation Administration
Fe2 iron content within hemoglobin

Glossary-6
 Glossary

FFD full flying duty

flatus the gas or air in the gastrointestinal tract.
FM field manual
FOV field of view
fpm feet per minute
fps2 feet per second per second
frequency the measurable characteristic of noise that gives it distinctive
pitch; it is measured in cycles per second or hertz.
ft feet
fwd forward
G unit of acceleration
G-force gravitational force
G-force (+Gx) the positive accelerative force that acts to move the body at a
right angle to the long axis in a back-to-chest direction.
G-force (–Gx) the negative accelerative force that acts to move the body at a
right angle to the long axis in a chest-to-back direction.
G-force (+Gy, –Gy) the positive or negative accelerative force that acts to move the
body at a right angle to the long axis in a shoulder-to-shoulder
direction.
G-force (+Gz) the positive accelerative force that acts to move the body in a
headward direction.
G-force (–Gz) the negative accelerative force that acts to move the body in a
direction toward the feet.
glare a bright light entering the eye, causing rapid loss of sensitivity.
glottis the vocal apparatus of the larynx.
GRAM geometric perspective, motion parallax, retinal image size, aerial
perspective
gravity the force of attraction between the earth and all bodies on the
earth by which each body is held to the earth’s surface. The
normal force that acts on all bodies at all times is 1 G.
H2 hydrogen
H2O water
HAP high-altitude parachutist
Hb hemoglobin
He helium
headward direction the movement toward the head or in direction of the head.

Glossary-7
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

heat in the absolute sense, the motion of the molecules of any

substance. The greater the motion, the higher the heat content.
The heat content of any object is measured in calories.
heat cramps a condition marked by sudden development of cramps in skeletal
muscles. It results from prolonged work in high temperatures and
is accompanied by profuse perspiration with loss of sodium
chloride (salt) from the body.
heat exhaustion a condition marked by weakness, nausea, dizziness, and profuse
sweating. It results from physical exertion in a hot environment.
heatstroke an abnormal physiological condition produced by exposure to
intense heat and characterized by hot, dry skin (caused by
cessation of sweating), vomiting, convulsions, and collapse. In
severe cases, the body’s heat control mechanism may be disturbed
and the body temperature will rise to morbid levels.
hemoglobin an organic, chemical compound contained within the red blood
cells that combines with oxygen to form oxyhemoglobin. In this
combination, oxygen is transported in the body.
Henry’s Law the physical law that states that the amount of gas that can be
dissolved in a liquid is directly proportional to the pressure of
that gas over the liquid.
Hg mercury
HOS helicopter oxygen system
HQ headquarters
hr hour
hyperbaric dive the exposure to increased air pressure by insertion of compressed
air into a metal chamber to simulate the pressure found in
underwater diving. This exposure to increased pressure is also
used as therapy for certain illnesses such as evolved-gas disorders
or decompression sickness.
hyperventilation an abnormally rapid rate of respiration that may lead to the
excessive loss of carbon dioxide from the lungs and result in
alkalosis. Hyperventilation is characterized by dizziness, tingling
of the extremities, and in acute cases, collapse.
hypoxia any condition in which oxygen concentration of the body is below
normal limits or in which oxygen available to the body cannot be
used because of some pathological condition.
hypoxia (histotoxic) the hypoxia induced by the inability of the body’s tissues to accept
oxygen from the blood. An example of this type is cyanide or
alcohol poisoning.
hypoxia (hypemic) the hypoxia caused by the reduced capacity of the blood to carry
oxygen. Two examples of hypemic hypoxia are anemia caused by
an iron deficiency or reduction in the amount of red blood cells
and carbon monoxide poisoning caused by carbon monoxide

Glossary-8
 Glossary

combining with hemoglobin and reducing the oxygen-carrying

capacity of the hemoglobin.
hypoxia (hypoxic) the hypoxia caused by a decrease in the partial pressure of
respired oxygen or by the inability of the oxygen in the air to
reach the alveolar-capillary membrane; for example,
strangulation, asthma, and pneumonia. This type is also known
as altitude hypoxia.
hypoxia (stagnant) a condition that results from the failure of the blood to transport
the oxygen rapidly enough; for example, shock or a heart attack
in which the blood moves sluggishly.
Hz hertz
ICS internal communication system
IERW initial entry rotary wing
IFF identification, friend or foe (radar)
IFR instrument flight rules
illusion a false impression or a misconception with respect to actual
conditions or reality.
IMC instrument meteorological conditions
inertial force the resistance to a change in the state of rest or motion. A body at
rest tends to remain at rest, or a body in motion tends to remain
in motion.
in/Hg inches of mercury
inspiration the act of drawing air into the lungs.
intensity the loudness or pressure produced by a given noise. It is measure
in decibels.
internal respiration the transport of oxygen and carbon dioxide by the blood and the
diffusion of these gases into and out of the body tissues. It also
includes the use of the oxygen in metabolism and the elimination
of carbon dioxide and water as waste products.
iodopsin a photosensitive violet retinal pigment found in retinal cones and
important for color vision.
iris the opaque, contractile diaphragm perforated by the pupil and
forming the colored portion of the eye.
isobaric control the cabin altitude control achieved by maintaining a constant
pressure as the ambient barometric pressure decreases.
isobaric differential a system built into certain aircraft to control the pressurized
environment at a predetermined level.
jet stream a relatively narrow band of high-velocity winds located between
35,000 and 55,000 feet at the approximate latitudes of 300 to
550.

Glossary-9
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

jolt the rate of change of acceleration or rate of onset of accelerative

forces.
JP jet propulsion
KITO known size of objects, increased and decreased size of objects,
terrestrial association, and overlapping contours or interposition
of objects
Kr krypton
LASIK laser in situ keratomileusis
LAV linear perspective, apparent foreshortening, and vertical position
lens the portion of the eye that focuses light rays on the retina. It is
located behind the pupil.
leukocytes the white blood cells.
linear acceleration any change in the speed of an object without a change in its
direction; for example, increasing the speed of an automobile from
40 to 65 miles per hour while driving down a straight-and-level
highway.
L-1 maneuver a physiological maneuver that increases G tolerance.
m meter
MAC maximum allowable concentration
max maximum
med medical
MEDEVAC medical evacuation
mesopic vision a combination of cone and rod vision used at dawn or twilight
wherein both rod cells and cone cells are used but not to their
maximum point of efficiency.
metabolism the chemical changes in living cells by which energy is provided
for vital processes and activities and new material is assimilated.
mg milligram
mil military
min minutes
miosis the contraction of the pupil of the eye.
mm/Hg millimeters of mercury
MOPP mission-oriented protective posture
mph miles per hour
MSL mean sea level
mt mount
N2 nitrogen

Glossary-10
 Glossary

NATO North Atlantic Treaty Organization

NAVMED Naval Medical Command
NAVSUP Naval Supply Systems Command
NBC nuclear, biological, chemical
ND neutral density
Ne neon
NH3 ammonia
no number
NSN national stock number
NVG night-vision goggles
O2 oxygen
OBOGS onboard oxygen-generating system
OH observation helicopter
OLOGS open-loop oxygen-generating system
otolith organs the small sacs located in the vestibule of the inner ear.
oxidation the act of oxidizing or state of being oxidized; to combine with
oxygen. Chemically, it consists of an increase of positive charges
on an atom or a loss of negative charges.
oxygen flow indicator an instrument connected directly to the oxygen regulator that
indicates the flow of oxygen through the regulator during the
user’s respiratory cycle. This flow is manifested by the movement
of shutters on the face of the indicator.
oz ounce
P pressure
pallor a paleness or absence of skin coloration.
PAO2 alveolar partial pressure of oxygen
paresthesia a form of decompression sickness characterized by abnormal skin
sensations; for example, itching and hot and cold sensations. It
may be caused by the formation of gas bubbles in the layers
beneath the skin.
partial pressure the pressure exerted by any single constituent of a mixture of
gases.
PCO2 partial pressure of carbon dioxide
peak G the degree of intensity of an acceleration.
pH relative acidity of blood: chemical balance
photopic the vision in the daytime or in bright light in which cones of the
retina are primarily used.

Glossary-11
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

pitch the rotation of an aircraft about its lateral axis.

plasma the fluid portion of the blood containing many dissolved
compounds including proteins, carbon dioxide, bicarbonates,
sugar, and sodium.
platelets disk-shaped structures found in the blood and known chiefly for
their role in blood coagulation.
PO2 partial pressure of oxygen
POI program of instruction
ppm parts per million
presbycusis a hearing loss attributed to old age and the aging process in
general. It can be conductive or sensorineural in nature; it is
commonly referred to as “senile deafness.”
presbyopia a visual condition that becomes apparent especially in middle age
and in which loss of elasticity of the lens of the eye causes
defective accommodation and inability to focus sharply for near
vision.
pressure altitude a pressure expressed in feet of altitude. It can be obtained by
reading the altitude indicated on the altimeter set at 29.92in/Hg
(the standard datum plane).
pressure breathing the act of breathing in which the gases respired are at a pressure
greater than the ambient pressure. During pressure breathing,
the normal respiratory cycle is reversed; that is, inhalation
becomes the passive phase of respiration and exhalation, the
active phase.
pressure demand a type of oxygen-delivery system (mask and regulator) that
incorporates both the standard demand mechanism and a
mechanism for delivering oxygen under a positive pressure to the
user. This process necessitates pressure breathing.
pressure differential the difference in pressure, usually expressed in pounds per
square inch, that exists between one or more objects or parts of
the same object. This also refers to a system of pressurizing
aircraft cabins in which the cabin pressure is kept uniformly
higher than the ambient pressure.
pressure gauge an instrument used to measure the air or oxygen pressure in any
given system. The dial on the face of this gauge indicates the
pressure within the system in pounds per square inch.
pressure suit (full) a specially designed suit that protects the individual by
surrounding the body with a pressurized gas envelope.
pressurized cabin any aircraft interior that is maintained at a pressure greater than
ambient pressure.
PRK photorefractive keratectomy

Glossary-12
 Glossary

proprioceptive system a combination of the vestibular, subcutaneous, and kinesthetic

sensors that enables an individual to determine body position and
its movement in space.
psi pounds per square inch
pub publication
PVO2 venous pressure of oxygen
radial acceleration any change in the direction of a moving body without a change in
its speed.
radial keratotomy a surgical procedure that creates multiple, radial, spokelike
incisions on the cornea of the eye in an effort to produce better
visual acuity.
radiation (heat) the transfer of heat in the form of wave energy from a relatively
warmer body to a cooler body.
rapid decompression the sudden loss of pressure from an area of relatively high
pressure to one of a lower pressure. Conventionally, a
decompression that occurs in one second or more is termed a
“rapid decompression.”
RBC red blood cell
red blood cells the cells in blood that contain, among several other components,
the homoglobin necessary for transport of oxygen.
redout the phenomenon in which individuals lose their vision (and
concurrently sometimes lose consciousness) and see nothing but
red in their field of vision. It often occurs when individuals are
experiencing –Gz. Redout is believed to be the result of
engorgement of facial blood vessels and the movement of the
lower eyelid over the eye.
relative gas expansion the number of times that a given volume of gas will expand when
the pressure surrounding it is reduced. It is conventionally
determined for body gases by dividing the initial gas pressure by
the estimate final gas pressure. These pressures must be
corrected for the constant water vapor pressure of 47 mm/Hg at
normal body temperature.
relative humidity the amount of water vapor in a given sample of air at a given
temperature. This is expressed as a percentage of the maximum
amount of water vapor that the same sample could contain at
that temperature.
REM rapid eye movement
residual volume the volume of air always present in the lungs and that can be
removed only be surgery.
respiration the process of pulmonary ventilation. This involves gas diffusion
between the lungs and the blood, gas transport by the blood
between the lungs and body tissues, the diffusion of gas between
the blood and the body tissues, the use of oxygen within the cells,

Glossary-13
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

and the elimination of carbon dioxide and water as the chief

waste products of the cell.
retina the sensory membrane that lines the eye, receives the image
formed by the lens, is the immediate instrument of vision, and is
connected with the brain by the optic nerve.
retinal rivalry the difficulty that eyes have in simultaneously perceiving two
dissimilar objects independent of each other because of the
dominance of one eye.
rhodopsin a photosensitive purple-red chromoprotein in the retinal rods that
enhances night vision; commonly referred to as visual purple.
rods the nerve endings located in the periphery of the retina that are
sensitive to the lowest light intensities. They respond to faint
light at night and in poor illumination. The rods can neither
discern color nor perceive detail.
roll the rotation of aircraft about the longitudinal axis.
RPM revolutions per minute
scuba self-contained underwater breathing apparatus
SD spatial disorientation
sec second
SF standard form
SL sea level
SOP standing operating procedure
speed The magnitude of motion and the rate of change of an object. It is
expressed as distance covered in a unit of time such as miles per
hour.
SR special report
ST special text
STANAG standardization agreement
STEL short-term exposure limit
TB technical bulletin
TC training circular
TH training helicopter
TLV threshold limit value
TM technical manual
TO technical order
TRADOC United States Army Training and Doctrine Command
UH utility helicopter
US United States (of America)

Glossary-14
 Glossary

USA United States Army

USAARL United States Army Aeromedical Research Laboratory
USAAVNC United States Army Aviation Center
USAF United States Air Force
USAFSAM United States Air Force School of Aviation Medicine
USAR United States Army Reserve
USASAM United States Army School of Aviation Medicine
velocity the speed in a given direction. It describes the magnitude and the
direction of motion. Velocity is measured in distance per unit of
time such as feet per second.
vestibule (of ear) the oval cavity in the middle of the bony labyrinth in the ear.
VMC visual meteorological conditions
WBC white blood cell
WGBT wet globe bulb temperature
Xe xenon
yaw the rotation of aircraft about the vertical axis

Glossary-15
 Bibliography
AF702. Individual Physiological Training Record. 1 December 1993.

AF1274. Physiological Training. 1 August 1989.

AFI11-403. Aerospace Physiological Training Program. 1 July 1999.

AGARD 154. Aeromedical Handbook for Aircrew.

AR 40-5. Preventive Medicine. 15 October 1990.

AR 40-8. Temporary Flying Restrictions Due to Exogenous Factors. 17 August 1976.

AR 40-501. Standards of Medical Fitness. 30 August 1995.

AR 50-5. Nuclear and Chemical Weapons and Material— Nuclear Surety. 3 October 1986.

AR 50-6. Nuclear and Chemical Weapons and Materiel, Chemical Surety. 1 February 1995.

AR 95-1. Flight Regulations. 1 September 1997.

AR 95-27. Operational Procedures for Aircraft Carrying Hazardous Materials (AFJI 11-
204). 11 November 1994.

AR 310-25. Dictionary of United States Army Terms (Short Title: AD). 15 October 1983.

AR 310-50. Authorized Abbreviations and Brevity Codes. 15 November 1985.

DA Form 759. Individual Flight Record and Flight Certificate— Army. April 1998.

DA Form 2028. Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms. 1 February 1974.

DA Form 3444. Terminal Digit File for Treatment Record. May 1991.

DA Form 4186. Medical Recommendation for Flying Duty. January 1985.

Ellis, Albert, and Harper, Robert. A New Guide to Rational Living. Hollywood: Wilshire
Book Company, 1975.

FM 3-04.202(1-202). Environmental Flight. 23 February 1983.

FM 3-04.203(1-203). Fundamentals of Flight. 3 October 1988.

FM 3-04.230(1-230). Meteorology for Army Aviators. 30 September 1982.

FM 3-04.400(1-400). Aviator’s Handbook. 31 May 1983.

FM 3-11.5(3-5). NBC Decontamination (FMFM 11-10). 17 November 1993.

FM 3-11.100(3-100). Chemical Operations Principles and Fundamentals (MCWP 3-3.7.1). 8

May 1996.

FM 4-02.50(8-50). Prevention and Medical Management of Laser Injuries. 8 August 1990.

Bibliography-0
 Bibliography

FM 4-25-10(21-10). Field Hygiene and Sanitation. 21 June 2000.

FM 4-25-11(21-11). First Aid for Soldiers. 27 October 1988.

FM 8-9 (no new number available). NATO Handbook on the Medical Aspects of NBC
Defensive Operations (AMEDP-6(B) Part I— Nuclear Part II— Biological Part III—
Chemical (NAVMED P-5059; AFJMAN 44-151V1V2V3). 1 February 1996.

MIL-0-27210E. Oxygen, Aviator’s Breathing, Liquid and Gas. Note: This military
specification is available from Commanding Officer, Naval Publications and Forms
Center, ATTN: NPFC 105, 5801 Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19120.

NAVMED 6150/2. Special Duty Medical Abstract.

NAVMED 6410/7. Completion of Physiological Training.

Selye, Hans, M.D. The Stress of Life. New York: McGraw-Hill Publishing Company, 1956.

----. Stress Without Distress. Philadelphia: Lippincott Publishing Company, 1974.

SF 600. Health Record— Chronological Record of Medical Care. June 1997.

STANAG 3114 (Edition Six). Aeromedical Training of Flight Personnel. 22 October 1986.

TB Med 507. Occupational and Environmental Health Prevention, Treatment and Control of
Heat Injury (NAVMED P-5052; AFP 160-1). 25 July 1980.

TC 1-204. Night Flight Techniques and Procedures. 27 December 1988.

TC 1-210. Aircrew Training Program Commander’s Guide to Individual and Crew

Standardization. 3 October 1995.

TM 3-4240-280-10. Operator’s Manual for Mask, Chemical-Biological: Aircraft, ABC-M24

and Accessories and Mask, Chemical-Biological, Tank, M25A1 and Accessories. 15
March 1988.

TM 10-8400-202-13. Maintenance Instructions for NOMEX Flight Gear Coveralls, Types

CWU-27/P and CWU-28/P; Gloves, Type GS-FRP-2; Jacket, Flyer’s, Summer, Type
CWU-36/P and Winter, Type CWU-45/P; Hood, Winter, Flyer’s (CWU-17/P Jacket);
Trousers, Flyer’s, Extreme Cold Weather, CWU-18/P (TO 14P3-1-112). 15 October
1972.

TM 10-8415-206-12&P. Operator’s and Organizational Maintenance Manual Including

Repair Parts and Special Tools List for Helmet, Flyer’s, Protective, Model SPH-4
Regular (NSN 8415-00-144-4981) and Extra Large (8415-00-144-4985). 5 May 1986.

TM 38-250. Preparing Hazardous Materials for Military Air Shipments (AFJM 24-204;
NAVSUP PUB 505; MCO P4030.19G; DLAI 4145.3). 1 March 1997.

TM 55-1680-351-10. Operator’s Manual for SRU-21/P Army Vest, Survival (NSN 8465-00-
177-4819).(Large) (8465-01-174-2355) (Small). 22 August 1987.

Bibliography-1
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

TRADOC Program of Instruction 2C-IERW (Common Core). Officer/Warrant Officer

Rotary-Wing Aviator Course. This POI is available from Commander, US Army Aviation
Center, ATTN: ATZQ-DAP-TS, Fort Rucker, AL 36362-5000.

USAFSAM-SR-5-3. Night Vision Manual for the Flight Surgeon. August 1985.

Bibliography-2
 Index
A aircraft physiological zones of, 2-
atmosphere 23 – 2-26
acceleration, 4-1 – 4-36
contamination, 5-15 deficient zone, 2-25
backward transverse-G, 4-
7 design features, 4-38, 4-41 efficient zone, 2-24
forward transverse-G, 4-7 aircrew restrictions space equivalent zone,
after scuba diving, 2-155 2-26
high-magnitude, 4-35, 4-
36 alcohol, detrimental effects of, atmospheric
low-magnitude, 4-14, 4-34 2-67, 2-72, 2-74, 2-89, 2-99, gases, 2-13 – 2-17
3-17, 3-27 – 3-35, 8-75 pressure, 2-18, 2-19, 2-23,
negative-G, 4-7, 4-26 – 4-
30 altitude 2-26, 2-65, 2-120, 2-
chamber training 121, 2-125, 2-137
positive-G, 4-7, 4-15 – 4-
24 rapid decompression, axes
right or left lateral G, 4-7, A-4, A-5 Gx, 4-7, 4-13, 4-31, 4-32,
4-34 Type II chamber flight, 4-39
types of, 4-2 – 4-5 A-0, A-1 Gy, 4-7, 4-34, 4-39
angular, 4-2, 4-5 Type IV chamber flight, Gz, 4-7, 4-13, 4-15 – 4-23,
A-1 – A-3 4-24, 4-26 – 4-30, 4-39
linear, 4-2, 4-3
Type V chamber flight,
radial (centripetal), 4-1,
A-3, A-4 B
4-2, 4-4, 4-6, 4-7
alveolar pressure of oxygen, 2- barometric pressure, 2-18, 2-
accelerative forces, 4-2 – 4-5,
62, 2-94 21, 2-25 – 2-27, 2-114, 2-
4-8 – 4-13, 4-34, 4-37
alveoli, 2-57 – 2-61 115, 2-119, 2-125, 2-126, 2-
accident sequence, 4-38 – 4-
ampulla, 9-17 136, 2-139
41, 4-42 – 4-44
angular acceleration, 4-5 bends, 2-147, 3-10
acid-base balance, 2-44, 2-102
aqueous film-forming foam, 5- blackout, 4-10, 4-19, 4-20
acute
41 blood
fatigue, 3-69
Armstrong’s line, 2-27 components and functions
toxicity, 5-2, 5-3
astigmatism, 8-6 of, 2-32
aeromedical training
atmosphere, 2-13 – 2-17 pH level of, 2-49, 2-50
in specific courses, 1-2
composition of, 2-13 – 2- pooling in +Gz
programs, 1-2, 1-15, 1-16 acceleration, 4-30
17
record, initial aeromedical transport of O2 in, 2-33, 2-
gases of, 2-13 – 2-17
training, 1-19 45
layers of, 2-2 – 2-11
refresher training, 1-20 blue-green lighting, 8-3, 8-39
ionosphere, 2-11
requirements body
mesophere, 2-8, 2-9
initial, 1-1 chemical balance, 2-47 –
stratosphere, 2-5 – 2-7
refresher, 1-3, 1-4 2-49
thermosphere, 2-10, 2-11
revalidation, 1-16 heat balance, 2-46
tropopause, 2-5
special (by other services), Boyle’s law, 2-117
1-5 troposphere, 2-3, 2-4
breathing oxygen, 10-2, 10-5,
unit, 1-6 – 1-12, physical characteristics of, 10-6, 10-7
2-1
waivers, 1-17 burnout, 3-68, 3-71

Index-1
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

C circulatory system, 2-27 – 2-38 D

cabin pressurization, 2-82, 2- function and structure of, Dalton’s law of partial
151, 2-153, 10-19, 10-20 – 2-27 – 2-30 pressures, 2-18 – 2-22
10-28 cold injury, 6-26 – 6-33 damage-risk criteria, 7-16, 7-18
caffeine, detrimental effects of, prevention of, 6-32, 6-33 damping, 7-14
3-23, 3-24, 3-93 treatment of, 6-31 dark adaptation, 8-30 – 8-34.
carbon dioxide, 2-46, 2-53, 2- types of, 6-28 – 6-31 See also night vision
61, 2-62, 5-38 – 5-40 protection.
conductive hearing loss, 7-23,
effect on pH level of blood, 7-26 day blind spot, 8-21
2-49
cone cells, 8-16, 8-17, 8-19, 8- DEATH (acronym), 3-17, 8-72
partial pressure of, 2-49, 24, 8-33 decelerative forces, 4-11, 4-37,
2-61
contamination 4-39, 4-40, 4-42 See also
removal of, 2-46 negative acceleration.
aircraft atmosphere, 5-15
carbon monoxide, 2-66, 2-73, – 5-44 decompression sickness, 2-23,
2-99, 5-8, 5-14, 5-15, 5-16, 2-137, 2-140, 2-151, 2-157
5-17, 5-20, 5-21, 5-23, 5-25, aviation gasoline, 5-15, 5-
26, 5-27, 5-28 decremental factors, 4-24
5-33, 8-76
carbon monoxide, 5-14 – deficient zone, 2-26
danger associated with, 5-
20, 5-21, 5-23 5-25 denitrogenation, 2-152
effects of, 5-17 – 5-19, 5- coolant fluid vapors, 5-15, depth perception, 8-41, 8-48 –
21 5-31, 5-32 8-64
physiological response of engine lubricants, 5-15, 5- binocular cues, 8-48, 8-49
body to, 5-17, 5-23 – 5- 33
monocular cues, 8-48 – 8-
25 exhaust gases, 5-15, 5-16, 50, 8-94
symptoms of intoxication, 5-20
detoxification, 5-14
5-14, 5-21, 5-25, 5-33 fire-extinguishing agents,
diet, 3-38, 3-40, 3-41, 3-92, 8-
treatment of asphyxia, 5- 5-34 – 5-41
74, 8-77
25 fluorocarbon plastics, 5-42
diet pills, 3-41
central hydraulic fluid vapors, 5-30
diffusion of CO2 and O2, 2-57 –
blind spot. See night blind JP fuels, 5-29 2-61
spot. NBC environment, 5-15 diluter-demand oxygen
nervous system disorders, oxygen contaminants, 5- regulator, 10-9 – 10-12
2-150 15, 5-43 dimming of vision, 4-19
centrifugal force, 4-1, 4-6, 4-14 tetraethyl lead, 5-15, 5-28 distance estimation, 8-48 – 8-
centripetal force, 4-1, 4-6, 4-15 continuous-flow oxygen, 10-10 64
chamber flight training, 1-3, 1- regulator, 10-13, 10-14 binocular cues, 8-49
4, 1-5 Coriolis illusion, 9-39, 9-43 – 9- monocular cues, 8-48 – 8-
initial aeromedical, 1-19 46 64
revalidation, 1-16 crash drugs, 3-18 – 3-22, 8-72, 8-73
training record, 1-18 – 1- forces, 4-38, 4-39 effects of
21 position, 4-44 alcohol use, 3-27 – 3-
waivers, 1-17 sequence, 4-38 – 4-40 35, 8-72
chokes, 2-148 crashworthy design, 4-40, 4-41 tobacco use, 3-36, 3-37,
chronic CREEP factors, 4-41 8-72, 8-76
fatigue, 3-70 cupula, 9-17, 9-19, 9-44, 9-46 effects on vision, 8-72, 8-
73
toxicity, 5-4
problems of caffeine, 3-23,
circadian cycle, 3-77, 3-79, 3-
3-24, 3-93
82, 3-90

Index-2
 Index

self-medication, 8-73 anatomy and physiology types of, 4-7

side effects of, 2-66, 3-18, of, 8-13 – 8-21 graveyard spin, 9-39, 9-41, 9-
3-19 physiology of, 8-13 – 8-21 42
duration, 4-8, 4-10, 4-37, 4-39, gravitational forces, 4-6, 4-7
4-41, 7-5, 7-12, 7-15, 7-16 F graying of visual field, 4-6, 4-20
dysbarism, 2-114, 2-115 fainting, 2-110 greenhouse effect, 6-1
fatigue, 2-86, 2-122, 2-148, 3- +Gx acceleration, 4-7
E 5, 3-8, 3-9, 3-15, 3-24, 3-38, physiological effects of, 4-
ear, 3-10, 3-36, 7-7, 7-11, 7-23, 3-63, 3-67 – 3-71, 3-72 – 3- 31 – 4-33
7-25, 7-26, 7-33 79, 3-82, 3-84, 3-87, 3-88, 3-
tolerance to, 4-32
92, 3-94, 3-95, 3-98, 3-102,
E-A-R® foam earplug, 7-34, 7- –Gx acceleration, 4-7
6-27. See also exhaustion.
35, 7-39
treatment of, 3-98 – 3-101 physiological effects of, 4-
earmuffs, 7-40 31 – 4-33
types of, 3-68 – 3-71
earplugs, 7-32, 7-34 – 7-39 tolerance to, 4-32
“fight or flight” syndrome, 3-54
efficient zone, 2-25 +/–Gy acceleration, 4-7
fire-extinguishing agents, 5-15,
ejection seat, 4-10, 4-16 physiological effects of, 4-
5-34 – 5-41
elevator illusion, 9-49 34
aqueous film-forming
endolymph, 9-17, 9-44 foam, 5-41 tolerance to, 4-34
EPT. See expected chemical classes of, 5-34 +Gz acceleration, 4-7
performance time. – 5-41 physiological effects of, 4-
equilibrium, 9-2, 9-7 – 9-21, 9- carbon dioxide, 5-38 – 5- 15 – 4-23
41 40 tolerance to, 4-23
evolved-gas disorders, 2-14, 2- foam, 5-41 decremental factors, 4-
115, 2-137 – 2-150. See 23, 4-24
halogenated
also decompression incremental factors, 4-
hydrocarbons, 5-35 – 5-
sickness. 23, 4-25
37
cause of, 2-137, 2-140, 2- –Gz acceleration, 4-7
flicker vertigo, 9-37
141
flying restrictions, 3-18 physiological effects of, 4-
prevention of, 2-151 26 – 4-30
frequency, 7-2, 7-5, 7-6, 7-9, 7-
treatment of, 2-156 tolerance to, 4-28
19, 7-21, 7-35, 7-40
types of, 2-146 – 2-150
frostbite, 6-26, 6-28, 6-31, 6-33
bends, 2-147 H
central nervous system G hair cells, 7-24, 7-25, 9-13, 9-
disorders, 2-150 14, 9-17 – 9-21
gaseous diffusion, 2-59
chokes, 2-148 hearing
gaseous oxygen, 10-2, 10-3
paresthesia, 2-149 damage, 7-4, 7-16, 7-18,
gases of the atmosphere, 2-1,
exhalation, 2-47, 2-51, 2-53, 2- 7-25, 7-28
2-13 – 2-17, 2-19, 2-118
61, 2-97, 2-104, 2-106 loss, 7-16, 7-22
gas expansion, 2-119. See
exhaustion, 3-17, 3-25, 3-68, 3- conductive, 7-23
also trapped gas disorders
71, 8-72 noise-induced, 7-16, 7-
and Boyle’s law.
expected performance time, 2- 19, 7-29
under dry-gas conditions,
82 permanent, 7-4, 7-19
2-118
explosive decompression, 10- presbycusis, 7-24
under wet-gas conditions,
32
2-119 sensorineural, 7-25
external respiration, 2-40, 2-42,
G-forces, 4-7, 4-10, 4-14, 4-23 protection, 7-27 – 7-40
2-50 – 2-52
tolerance limits to, 4-23, 4- devices for, 7-30 – 7-40
eye
39, 4-40

Index-3
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

earmuffs, 7-40 humidity, 5-19 Coriolis illusion, 9-39, 9-

earplugs, 7-35 – 7- 39 hypemic hypoxia, 2-66 43 – 9-46
helmets, 7-31 – 7-33 hyperopia, 8-5 graveyard spin, 9-39, 9-
41, 9-42
heat hyperventilation, 2-101 – 2-113
leans, 9-40
injury, 6-15, 6-16 hypoglycemia, 3-17, 3-38 – 3-
41, 8-77 visual, 8-65, 9-23 – 9-37
forms of
hypothermia, 6-28 immersion foot. See trench foot
heat cramps, 6-16
hypoxia, 2-33, 2-62 – 2-100, 3- impulse noise, 7-15, 7-17, 7-18
heat exhaustion, 6-16
10, 3-37, 9-52 incremental factors, 4-23, 4-25
heatstroke, 6-16
characteristics of, 2-62 inertial force, 4-1, 4-7, 4-27
stress
effects of, 2-81, 2-82 inhalation, 2-104, 2-105, 2-148
prevention of, 6-18
major classifications of, 2- initial aeromedical training, 1-
reduction of, 6-23
63 1, 1-19
response to, 6-16
histotoxic, 2-63, 2-67, 2- intensity, 4-8, 4-9, 4-37, 4-39,
heatstroke, 6-16 74, 2-93, 2-99 7-5, 7-10, 7-11, 7-16, 7-17,
heat transfer, 6-6 – 6-14 hypemic, 2-65, 5-22 7-20
mechanisms of, 6-6 – 6-14 hypoxic, 2-64 internal respiration, 2-40, 2-42
conduction, 6-8 stagnant, 2-63, 2-66, 2- iodopsin, 8-19
convection, 6-9 93, 2-99, 4-21 ionosphere, 2-11
evaporation, 6-10 prevention of, 2-93, 2-99 J
signs and symptoms of, 2- jet stream, 2-6
radiation, 6-7
68, 2-69 jolt, 4-37
hemoglobin, 2-34, 2-48, 2-66,
2-73, 2-91, 8-76 stages of, 2-83 – 2-92 L
compensatory, 2-85 lasers, 8-86 – 8-94
Henry’s law, 2-138, 2-139
critical, 2-92 law of gaseous diffusion, 2-59
high-magnitude
disturbance, 2-86 – 2- leans, 9-39, 9-40
acceleration, 4-35 – 4-44
91 linear acceleration, 4-3, 4-35
physiological effects of,
4-35, 4-36 indifferent, 2-84 L-1 maneuver, 4-25
protection against, 4-38 susceptibility to, 2-70 – 2- low blood-sugar level, 3-39, 8-
– 4-44 80 77
deceleration, 4-37 treatment of, 2-100 low-magnitude acceleration, 4-
types of, 2-63, 2-93 14, 4-34
physiological effects of,
4-35 hypoxic hypoxia, 2-63, 2-64, 2-
survival criteria, 4-38 – 83 – 2-99 M
4-41 masks, oxygen, 10-14 – 10-17
tolerance to, 4-35, 4-37, I MBU-12/P, 10-14, 10-16,
4-38 – 4-44 10-17
illusions, 8-48 – 8-65
histotoxic hypoxia, 2-64, 2-67, passenger, 10-14, 10-15
proprioceptive, 9-51
2-74, 2-93, 2-99 maximum allowable
vestibular, 9-38 – 9-50
H-2 bailout bottle, 10-7 concentration, 5-13
somatogravic illusions
human sensory systems maximum permissible sound
9-47 – 9-50
proprioceptive system, 9- level, 7-16
elevator, 9-47, 9-49
7, 9-22 MBU-12/P oxygen mask, 10-
oculoagravic, 9-47, 9- 14, 10-16, 10-17
vestibular system, 9-11 –
50
9-15, 9-22, 9-38, 9-51 mesopic vision, 8-22, 8-24
oculogravic, 9-47, 9-48
visual system, 9-7, 9-8, 9- metabolism, 2-16
10, 9-22, 9-23, 9-51 somatogyral, 9-39 – 9-46

Index-4
 Index

meteorological conditions and O gaseous high-pressure,

night vision, 8-66 – 8-71 10-6 –10-8
obesity, 3-41
miosis, 8-78 – 8-81 gaseous low-pressure,
OBOGS. See onboard oxygen-
monocular cues, 8-48 – 8-64, 10-5
generating systems.
8-94 onboard oxygen-
occupiable living space, 4-38,
aerial perspective, 8-50, 8- generating, 10-4
4-40
61 – 8-64 supplemental, 2-26, 2-93,
oculoagravic illusion, 9-47, 9-
geometric perspective, 8- 2-94, 2-97, 8-38, 8-75,
50
50, 8-51 – 8-54 8-95
oculogravic illusion, 9-47, 9-48
motion parallax, 8-50, 8- uptake of, 2-47, 2-49, 2-
off-center viewing, 8-24, 8-27, 106, 2-154, 2-155
55, 8-57
8-43, 8-45, 8-95
retinal image size, 8-56 – P
onboard oxygen-generating PAO2 level, 2-94
8-60
system, 10-4
motivational burnout, 3-68, 3- paresthesia, 2-149, 2-150
orientation, 9-2, 9-8 – 9-10, 9-
71 partial pressure
31
myopia, 8-2 formula, 2-19
otolith organs, 9-11, 9-12 – 9-
night 8-3 15, 9-47, 9-48 of carbon dioxide, 2-49, 2-
61
oxygen, 2-13, 2-15 – 2-18, 2-
N 22, 2-25, 2-26, 2-29, 2-32 – of gases in atmosphere, 2-
2-34, 2-41 – 2-44, 2-47, 2- 18 – 2-22
natural body resonance, 7-13
58, 2-59, 2-61, 2-62, 2-64 – of oxygen. See PO2 level.
nearsightedness. See myopia. 2-67, 2-71, 2-73, 2-78, 2-79,
passenger oxygen mask, 10-
negative acceleration, 4-27, 4- 2-81, 2-82, 2-86, 2-91, 2-94 14, 10-15
35 – 2-98, 2-100, 2-105, 2-107,
10-1 – 10-18 PCO2 level, 2-49, 2-61
nerve agents, 8-78 – 8-81
breathing, 10-2, 10-5, 10- peak G, 4-37, 4-41
nicotine. See tobacco.
6, 10-7 perception time, 8-29
night blind spot, 8-26
equipment, 10-18, 10-20, peripheral vision, 8-27
night vision, 8-16, 8-18, 8-20,
10-27 pH level, 2-49, 2-50
8-31, 8-33 – 8-39, 8-66, 8-76
– 8-78, 8-81, 8-95 equipment checklist, 10-18 photopic vision, 8-22, 8-23
protection, 8-35 – 8-41 gaseous, 10-2 – 10-4 photosynthesis, 2-16
techniques, 8-42 – 8-47 intake of, 2-45 physiological altitude, 2-72 – 2-
off-center vision, 8-43 – masks, 10-14 – 10-17 74, 8-75
8-45 positive pressure of, 2-96 physiological zones of the
scanning, 8-46 regulators, 10-9 – 10-13 atmosphere, 2-23 – 2-26
shape or silhouette continuous-flow, 10-10, plasma, 2-39
identification, 8-47 10-13, 10-14 platelets, 2-38
nitrogen, 2-13, 2-14, 2-17, 2- diluter-demand, 10-10, positive pressure, 2-97, 2-105,
23, 2-121, 2-138 – 2-141, 2- 10-14 2-135, 10-14
150 – 2-156 pressure-demand, 10- PO2 level, 2-22, 2-25, 2-33, 2-
noise, 7-1 – 7-19 14 60, 2-64
characteristics and effects release of, 2-49 presbycusis, 7-22, 7-24
of, 7-1 – 7-4 requirements for crew presbyopia, 8-7
levels, 7-15 – 7-19 members, 2-77 pressure breathing, 2-102, 2-
in Army aircraft, 7-18, 7- saturation in the blood, 2- 104 – 2-106
30, 7-32, 7-34, 7-39 95, 2-96 pressurization, 2-26, 2-82, 2-
noise-induced hearing loss, 7- storage systems, 10-5 – 98, 2-130, 2-146, 2-151, 2-
19 10-8

Index-5
FM 3-04.301(1-301)

153, 10-10, 10-19, 10-20, rhodopsin, 8-19, 8-20, 8-30, 8- types of, 9-4 – 9-6
10-22, 10-26 – 10-28, 10-35 36, 8-37, 8-77 special aeromedical training by
proprioceptive rod cells, 8-15, 8-16, 8-18 – 8- other services, 1-5, 1-21
illusions, 9-51 20 speech communication, 7-3, 7-
system, 9-1, 9-22 8, 7-30
protective devices (for S SPH-4 flight helmet, 7-31, 7-34
hearing), 7-30 – 7-40 scanning, 8-24, 8-46, 8-74, 8- stagnant hypoxia, 2-63, 2-66,
PVO2 level, 2-62 75, 8-94 2-93, 2-99, 4-21
Q scotopic vision, 8-22 – 8-25 STANAG 3114, 1-2
quick-don mask assembly unit, “seat-of-the-pants” flying, 9-22 steady-state noise, 7-15, 7-16
10-10, 10-14 self-imposed stress, 2-72 – 2- STEL. See short-term
74, 8-72 – 8-77. See also exposure limit
R stress. stratosphere, 2-5 – 2-7
radial self-medication, 8-73 stress
acceleration, 4-2, 4-4 self-talk, 3-64 aviation-related, 3-17
keratotomy, 8-9 semicircular canals, 9-11, 9-16, concepts of, 3-1
9-17, 9-39, 9-41, 9-42
rapid decompression, 2-82, 10- control, 3-17, 3-44
28, 10-30, 10-31 – 10-35, sensorineural hearing loss, 7-
factors of, 3-14
10-36 25
heat, 6-15 – 6-18, 6-20, 6-
reactions and responses to sensory illusion, 9-2
23, 6-24, 6-26
stress, 3-1, 3-46 – 3-56 short-term exposure limits, 5-
management of, 3-62 – 3-
red blood cells, 2-33 – 2-36 12
66
red-lens goggles, 8-37 smoking. See tobacco,
principles of, 2-10
detrimental effects of.
red lighting, 8-37, 8-39 responses to, 3-46 – 3-56
SMR triple-flange earplug, 7-
redout, 4-29 35, 7-38 self-imposed, 3-17 – 3-41,
refresher aeromedical training, 8-72 – 8-77
solar radiant heat, 6-3
1-3, 1-4 sources of, 3-5, 3-8, 3-42
somatogravic illusions, 9-47 –
relative fatigue factor, 3-95 9-50 stressors, self-imposed, 3-17 –
respiration, 2-14 – 2-16, 2-39 – 3-41, 8-72 – 8-77
somatogyral illusions, 9-39 – 9-
2-61, 2-85, 2-101, 2-103, 2- structural illusions, 9-29
46
111, 2-112
sound supplemental oxygen, 2-94, 2-
external, 2-40, 2-42, 2-50 95, 2-98
– 2-52 characteristics of, 7-5
duration, 7-5, 7-12 survivability, 4-35, 4-40
functions of, 2-43 – 2-49 frequency, 7-5, 7-6 survival criteria, 4-38 – 4-41
internal, 2-43 intensity, 7-5, 7-10, 7-11
phases of levels, 7-15 – 7-19 T
active, 2-50, 2-51 types of, 7-15 – 7-19 temperature, 3-12, 3-77, 3-78,
passive, 2-50, 2-52 impulse noise, 7-17 – 3-81, 3-96, 3-97. See also
respiratory system, 2-39 – 2-61 7-19 windchill factor.
components of, 2-53 – 2-61 steady-state noise, 7- conversion, 6-33
alveoli, 2-58, 2-59 16 extremes of cold, 3-12, 6-
oral-nasal passage, 2-55 measurement, 7-5 – 7-12 26 heat, 3-12, 6-1
pressure, 7-10, 7-11 lapse rate, 2-4
pharynx, 2-56
trachea, 2-57 space equivalent zone, 2-27 resulting from windchill
spatial disorientation, 8-65 factor, 6-33
retinal rivalry, 8-8
defined, 9-1 threshold limit values, 5-12

Index-6
 Index

time and dose relationship, 5-5 types of, 8-22 – 8-27

TLV. See threshold limit mesopic, 8-22, 8-24
values. photopic, 8-22, 8-23
tobacco, detrimental effects of, scotopic, 8-22, 8-25 – 8-
2-72, 2-73, 8-72, 8-76 27
toxic visual
agents, 5-4, 5-7, 5-8, 5-44 deficiencies, 8-1 – 8-12
hazards, 5-44 astigmatism, 8-6
protective measures, 5-44 cataract formation, 8-7
toxicity hyperopia, 8-5
acute, 5-2, 5-3 LASIK, 8-11, 8-12
chronic, 5-4 myopia, 8-2, 8-3
toxicology in aviation, 5-1 – 5- night myopia, 8-3
14
photorefractive
training, aeromedical, 1-2, 1-10
keratectotomy, 8-10
– 1-12, 1-19, 1-21, 1-22
presbyopia, 8-7
trapped-gas disorders, 2-115,
2-116 – 2-136, 3-10 radial keratotomy, 8-9
trench foot, 6-28, 6-33 retinal rivalry, 8-8
tropopause, 2-5 surgical procedures, 8-9
troposphere, 2-3, 2-4 – 8-11
fixation reflex, 8-23
U illusions, 8-65, 9-23 – 9-37
unconsciousness, 4-10, 4-18 – purple, 8-19, 8-30, 8-77
4-20 system, 9-8 – 9-10
unit aeromedical training vitamin A, 8-77
program, 1-6 – 1-15 W
V white blood cells, 2-37
Valsalva maneuver, 2-127, 2- windchill factor, 6-32, 6-33
130, 2-134, 2-135
venous pressure of oxygen, 2-
62
vertigo, 9-3
vestibular illusions, 9-38 – 9-50
vestibular system, 9-11 – 9-21
V-51R single-flange earplug, 7-
35, 7-37, 7-38
vibration, 7-1, 7-9, 7-20, 7-21
visibility, 8-28, 8-62, 8-66
vision
effect of self-imposed
stress on, 8-72 – 8-77
night, 8-16, 8-18, 8-20, 8-
31, 8-33 – 8-47, 8-66, 8-
76, 8-77, 8-78 – 8-81, 8-
95
principles of, 8-95

Index-7
 FM 3-04.301(FM 1-301)
29 SEPTEMBER 2000

By Order of the Secretary of the Army:

ERIC K. SHINSEKI
General, United States Army
Official: Chief of Staff

JOEL B. HUDSON
Administrative Assistant to the
Secretary of the Army
0023101

DISTRIBUTION:

Active Army, Army National Guard, and U. S. Army Reserve: To be

distributed in accordance with the initial distribution number 110725,
requirements for FM 3-04.301.